Automotive en 20082

2008 / 2009
Automotive Products
Perfect Cable Solutions
Contents
Welcome!
Our automotive catalogue is in your hands. HellermannTyton is one of the worlds leading suppliers of cable management solutions. Our products are used for fastening, fixing, identification and protecting cables and their connecting components. In this catalogue you will find our core product range for the automotive industry. It encompasses numerous standardised products and solutions, specially customised and optimised for the needs of the automotive industry. It includes cable ties, heat shrinkable tubing, braided sleeving and identification systems, together with the relevant application tooling. In addition to the classic cable tie, HellermannTyton also develops and produces many fastening systems, specifically created for the sophisticated demands of the automotive industry. This is why this catalogue not only presents our currently available products, but also explains how we can develop innovative products and how we can work for you.
Your Automotive Team
Fastening solutions for the automotive industry

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 Cable Ties and Fixing Application Tooling Heat Shrinkable Tubing and Braided Sleeving Identification Systems Certificates and Approvals Page 22 Page 98 Page 118 Page 132 Page 138
Our automotive know-how
The-cable-tiethat-started-it-all.
This is a cable tie. One of a total of 60 000 HellermannTyton products for fastening, fixing, identification and protecting cables and wiring in the automotive industry. Cable ties exist in practically innumerable variations. Their lengths range between 83 and 1060 millimetres, available in a variety of colours. Some can be released and are re-useable. Some have serrations on the outside, others on the inside. There are some that dont have any serrations at all or can be tied in a double loop. It is easy to take the cable tie for granted but at HellermannTyton we are dedicated to ensuring that our cable ties are fully tried, tested and optimised. All HellermannTyton products, which you see in this catalogue, started at this point even the most complex fastening solutions. This page shows an example of a cable tie with the type description: T50ROS
The-cable-fastener-specifically-developed-for-theautomotive-industry.
Final car door assembly: this one-piece push mount tie is the result of three decades of experience. Its arrowhead design ensures that the cable tie can be easily fitted without additional tools. In combination with a black foam rubber seal the plastic disc protects against the ingress of water. No wonder that these fixing ties can be found inside about every third car door produced in the world. In contrast to most of our other cable ties, they are green, so that workers can immediately spot a rare case where the black seal is missing. However, this almost never happens, as both parts are securely laser-welded to each other.
The green cable tie shown on this page has the type description: T50SOSSFT6.5 16-2MD
One-piece-fixing-ties-for-manualmounting-in-drilled-holes-or-onweld-studs-or-on-edges.
HellermannTyton standard fixing ties cover 90 % of main circuit applications in a car. These products have been proving their success for many years. Not least due to the fact that they are continually optimised. Each cable tie is a specialist in its own field: For attaching two cable ties to one weld stud. For applications, which require a particularly high tensile strength, for example in the production of heavy-duty vehicles. For quick and easy mounting on edges without drilled holes or studs. The elements with the soft push mechanism can be easily mounted by hand and without the aid of any tools.
As examples for many standard one-piece fixing ties this page shows cable ties with the type descriptions: T50SOSWSP5E, T50SOSFT6E1, T50SOSEC12E and T50SOSSBH5E
The-double-clip-that-holdsthree-tubes-for-the-brakeand-antilock-brake-sensorand-CDC-on-just-two-pointfastening-points-on-therear-axle.
An innovative solution, which combines two clips in one. The rear suspension construction requires a fastening element for which there are only two fastening points available and with which the lines for the brake, antilock brake sensor and CDC can be accurately routed. The result of our development is our double clip. Its arrowhead enables fast and easy mounting. The brake tube is easily assembled with a simple push. This kind of development is always accompanied by a team including a developer, a new parts project manager and key account manager from the idea to serial production.
The-system-for-fastening-the-seat-adjustmentcontrolling-devices-and-lumbar-support-as-wellas-seat-heating-with-an-integrated-clip-bracketand-cable-guide.
The unit for operating the numerous options of comfortable seat adjustment needs to be accommodated in a very small space. This bracket replaces the conventional metal construction for the operating unit under the seat. The innovative combination of design and material made the development of this product possible. Its outstanding quality lies in the fact that the connector clip is also integrated in this bracket and therefore additional clips become superfluous. No question that this saves weight as well as costs.
Granules-for-the-fasteningsystem-of-tomorrow.
We develop tailor-made products in direct collaboration with our customers working with an international network of experienced specialists. The newest CAD- and Rapid-Prototyping-Systems and our expert knowledge flow together in our in-house mould and product development. Experienced engineers and the latest development tools guarantee you the superior quality of our products. Only this way we can provide innovative solutions to meet the most specific needs.
We look forward to developing a product for you!
** * *
Our development competence
The-three-points-to-start-the-thinking-process.
What is it that makes a fastening solution perfect? Its the added value that takes you and your company a step further. It can be the optimisation of a tiny detail that makes a profitable difference. It can also be an idea for the development of a brand new product. We generally work according to three methods to get the most out of our product solutions for our customers.
Optimisation of existing products. We understand the optimisation of our products as a completely independent re-engineering commitment. This means we constantly scrutinize the properties and possible applications of our complete product portfolios. In close dialogue with our customers, as only extensive market and competitive analysis keeps us up-to-date with our customers requirements and demands. Direct collaboration with automotive manufacturers and suppliers allows us to constantly adapt and refine existing products according to contemporary manufacturing trends. This consistent and continual development of our products allows HellermannTyton to be your reliable partner, today and in future.
Development of market-leading all-purpose products. When integrated with care and consideration, plastic products are perfect substitutes for many complex fastening systems especially multipart constructions manufactured from various materials. In this they offer prerequisites for concepts that effectively reduce costs and increase productivity in all stages of the manufacturing process. From the production process, to the functionality of the actual application through to recycling, which in most cases only involves a product made from only one engineering polymer, such as polyamide. This is why we constantly invest in research and development. We are always aiming to set new global standards. Our success has proven us right: today we have over 60.000 products in our portfolio, which serve as international benchmarks.
Individual customer product developments. HellermannTyton develops sophisticated engineering for complex and individual fastening solutions for a particular vehicle, series or platform in the automotive industry. Innovative fastening solutions to meet your specific requirement profile.
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixing
1.1 Cable Ties

Properties of polyamide PA66 .........................................................12 Properties of UV-stabilised polyamide (PA66W) ...............................13 Properties of Polyetheretherketone PEEK and Tefzel (E/TFE)..........14 Special features ...............................................................................15 Chemical resistances of various plastics ...........................................16 Introduction to the main locking technologies used for cable ties ...17 Determination of minimum tensile strength ....................................18 Optimum storage conditions for cable ties made of polyamide (PA)............................................................................19 HellermannTyton cable ties conform to DIN EN 50146 standard .....20 Material spezifikations ....................................................................21 T Series............................................................................................22 T Series, Polyamide 6.6 - Heat Stabilised (PA66HS)).........................23 Wide Strap Heavy Duty Cable Ties....................................................25 CTT, HT Hose Ties ...........................................................................26 DH Series.........................................................................................27 OS Series .........................................................................................29
1.2 Special Purpose Ties

PEEK Ties Outside Serrated..............................................................31 KR Series Cable and Hose Fixing System..........................................32 CT and BHT Series of Chassis Ties ...................................................35
1.3 Fixing Ties

One-piece fixing ties........................................................................36 One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead and Disc ..............................36 One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead ............................................38 One piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead ..............................................39 Automation of fixing applications! ..................................................42 One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead in the Strap .........................43 One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead and Disc in the strap............44 Cable Tie and Arrowhead Mount Assemblies ..................................45 One Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree Mount .......................................46 Cable Tie and Fir Tree Mount Assemblies..........................................47 T50SOSSBH5E, T50SSBS50TE ..........................................................49 T50SOSSB5HEC, T50SOSSB6-High-E, T50SOSSBS5E, T50SOSWSP5E ................................................................................50 Wide Strap Heavy Duty Stud Mount Cable Ties ..............................51 Cable Ties for Weld Studs ...............................................................52 Dual Clamp Ties ..............................................................................53
15 10
Cable Ties and Fixing
1.0
Cable Ties and Fixing.

Our automotive range: Universal products for bundling and fastening cables and wiring.
Standoff Mounting Dual Clamp Ties ...............................................54 Cable Ties for Weld Studs ...............................................................55 Cable Tie and Weld Stud Fixing Assemblies.....................................56 Double Mounting Base For Weld-Studs ...........................................57 T50SVC5 .........................................................................................58 Omega Clips....................................................................................59 Brake cable fixing, Cable set clip .....................................................60 Cable Ties and Edge Clips ...............................................................61 Cable Ties and Edge Clips for Panel Thickness 1.0 to 3.0 mm.........62 Cable Ties and Edge Clips for Panel Thickness 1.0 to 3.0 mm.........63 Cable Ties and Edge Clips for Panel Thickness 3.0 to 6.0 mm.........64 Cable Fixing Accessories EdgeClip....................................................65 EdgeClip connector clips for edges 1.0 to 3.0 mm thick .................66 EdgeClip twistable fixing ties...........................................................67 EdgeClip cable and tube clips..........................................................68 EdgeClip bundling and fixing tie without metal clamp ....................69 Automation of fixing applications....................................................70
1.4 Fixing Elements

Dual Swivel Saddle Spacer DSWS4 ..................................................71 Dual Swivel Saddle Spacer DSWS5 ..................................................72 Heavy Duty Mounts.........................................................................73
High Torque Mounts .......................................................................74 Two Way Saddle Mounts ................................................................75 Saddle Mount For The Button Head Tie...........................................76 Fir Tree Saddle Mounts....................................................................77 Axial Oval Mounts.............................................................................78 Cable Guide Standoff......................................................................79 BundlingClips CHA-Series................................................................80 BundlingClip with fir tree ................................................................81 StandOff Clip with fir tree ...............................................................82 BundlingClip with/without arrowhead ..............................................83 StandOff Clip with arrowhead.........................................................84 StandOff Clip with fir tree ...............................................................85 BundlingClip with weld stud clip .....................................................86 BundlingClip with weldstud support, BC series ..............................87 BundlingClip with connector clip ....................................................88 ConnectorClips for Round holes......................................................89 ConnectorClips for Oval Hole ..........................................................90 CTC Convoluted Tubing Clamp.......................................................91 Clamps for corrugated tubing CTC series with weld stud clip .........92 Clamps for corrugated tubing ........................................................93 Automatic Harness Clips..................................................................94 Pipe and Hose Clips, IPC Series.............................................................95
16 11
1.1
Cable Ties and Fixings
Kr P ao bp ee lb rt ii n ed s eo r fi n pn oe ly na vm er iz da ehP nA t 66
Properties of polyamide PA66

Polyamides are among the most important thermoplastic synthetic materials. Thermoplastics can be reshaped by heating as often as required without undergoing chemical decomposition or other negative changes. This makes polyamide ideal for processing via injection moulding into high-quality products. About 90% of cable ties and fixings from HellermannTyton are made from this material. Polyamide is also known under the brand name of Nylon, which was introduced by the Dupont company. The inner structure of polyamide displays a partial order of polymer chains, i.e. polyamides are partially crystalline. Due to the tighter packing of the individual molecular chains polyamide only has limited transparency to light. The plastic is therefore described as translucent. High strength, rigidity and hardness High dimensional stability, even under the effect of heat High abrasion resistance A wide-ranging selection of polyamides and additives allows for an optimum adaptation of the properties of the finished product to suit the respective requirements. Each base unit contains 6 carbon atoms (C). Hence the name PA66. The polyamide PA66 has many properties which are highly advantageous for HellermannTyton cable ties and fixings, such as: The molecular chains of PA66 are made from two base units: [-NH(CH2)6NH-CO(CH2) 4CO] 1st base unit with 6 C atoms 2nd base unit with 6 C atoms The following PA66 variants are used for HellermannTyton products: Polyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) for temperature conditions of up to +85C Polyamide 6.6 heat-stabilised (PA66HS) for temperature conditions of up to +105C Polyamide 6.6 UV-stabilised (PA66W) for exterior use Polyamide 6.6 heat-stabilised and UV-stabilised (PA66HSW) for exterior use up to +105C Polyamide 6.6 impact-resistant (PA66HIR) for high elasticity requirements Polyamide 6.6 impact-resistant and heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) for high elasticity requirements and temperatures up to +105C Polyamide 6.6 V0 for high standards of fire protection.
Water content in polyamide

Polyamide is a hygroscopic material this means that it absorbs and releases water. The mechanical properties are significantly affected by the water content especially flexibility and minimum tensile strength. In a standard atmosphere of 23C and 50% relative humidity, the degree of water saturation of polyamide is around 2.5%. For optimal processing of cable ties it is therefore important that the polyamide has a water content of approximately 2.5% in a state of equilibrium. The quality and functionality of the products are thus affected by the water content, therefore the correct storage of our products is crucial. Please read our separate instructions on storage. Since humidity is so critical to the quality of the tie, the question arises: What happens if the tie is installed and the water content in the tie alters? The water content determines the flexibility and strength of a tie. At a water content of approximately 2.5% the tie has the ideal flexibility for installation. When the strap is being threaded through the head of the tie, the pawl must be flexible enough to see-saw over the serration of the strap without breaking. On the other hand, there must also be adequate material rigidity for the serrations of the pawl to engage with the serrations of the strap during the tying process so that a 'positive locking' action is achieved. After achieving the positive locking action the tie is in a static condition. Changes in the mechanical properties of the tie as a function of water content are insignificant during this status.
For more details on the materials, see page 21.
12
P r o p e r t i e s o f U V - s t aK ba il b ie se lb di n pd oe ly r aim nn id ee nv (e Pr A z6 a6 hW nt )
1.1
Properties of UV-stabilised polyamide (PA66W)

The question constantly arises as to whether a black cable tie is suitable for use outside. This is dependant on the application of the tie, but in general the following statements can be made: A black cable tie made of polyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) is only coloured black with a low proportion of carbon black. This is not sufficient to protect the material from damage caused by UV-radiation in the long term. Products made from UV-stabilised polyamide PA66W are produced in accordance with ASTM standard D6779 with a higher carbon black percentage of at least 2%. So they resist UV-radiation in the European area for a considerably longer period than standard PA66. This is clearly illustarted by the comparison of the two images on the right: After 500 hours of UV- radiation exposure Polyamide 6.6 standard (PA66) dyed black Polyamide 6.6 UV-stabilised (PA66W) with at least 2% carbon black
The joint has been damaged throughout by UVradiation.
The joint has only been altered at isolated points by the UV-radiation.
For outdoor use, therefore, we recommend our range of products made from UV-stabilised polyamide (PA66W).
A simple practical test: the hammer test You can quickly determine whether or not a cable tie is UV stabilised. Strike with a hammer the tail of the strap on the tie. Hold up this flattened end to the light. Cable ties with a carbon black content of at least 2% allow no light through and look black throughout. Standard black ties, however, are transparent on the flattened end.

Apart from PA66, there are polyamides which are less hygroscopic. These include PA12, which has a molecular chain made of a base unit with 12 carbon atoms: [-NH(CH2)11CO-]

Polyamide PA66, despite the use of additives, is not suitable for long-term use in temperatures of +105C. Due to considerably better heat resistance, polyamide PA46 is more suitable for temperatures of up to and exceeding 150C (depending on the length of time of operation). The molecular chain of PA46 is composed of two base units: [-NH-(CH2)4-NH-CO-(CH2)4-CO-] 1st base unit 2nd base unit with 4 C atoms with 6 C atoms
PA12 has the following advantages over PA66: Less hygroscopic - saturation at 23C and 50% relative humidity is approximately 1%. Better impact performance. Good weather resistance, even without a special additive. These three properties make PA12 ideal for use outdoors, in particularly when requirements may include impact resistance. The water absorption of PA12 is not only less than that of PA66 but also slower. This is the requirement where the mechanical properties need to remain relatively unaffected by changing environmental conditions.
Advantages of PA46 over PA66: Greater rigidity, even at higher temperatures. Higher operating temperature ranges of up to +150C (5.000 hours). Greater form stability at higher temperatures. Excellent chemical resistance.
13
1.1
Kr ao bp ee lb ii n r fi n ne vte re zr ae htn P rt ed s eo Pn oe ly h hte r k e t o n e a n d P E E K a n d Te f z e l ( E / F T E )
Properties of Polyetheretherketone PEEK

PEEK, a linear aromatic polymer is semi-crystalline and is widely regarded as the highest performance thermoplastic material currently available. A summary of key physical properties is as follows: High temperature performance Melting temperature of 343 C (649 F). Continuous Use Temperature of 260 C (500 F) (UL 746B). Wear resistance Outstanding wear resistance over wide ranges of pressure, velocity, temperature and counter facial roughness. Chemical resistance Excellent resistance to a wide range of chemical environments, even at elevated temperatures. The only common environment that dissolves it is concentrated sulfuric acid. Fire, smoke and toxicity Highly stable and requires no flame-retardant additives to achieve a V-0 rating at 1.45 mm thickness. The composition and inherent purity of the material results in extremely low smoke and toxic gas emission in fire situations. Purity PEEK materials are inherently pure with exceptionally low levels of ionic extractables. Excellent out gassing characteristics. Radiation Resistance Excellent Radiation Resistance due to the energetically stable chemical structure of PEEK. This makes PEEK the right choice for any high performance application in any industry with a clearly outstanding continuous use temperature of 260 C. Hydrolysis resistance PEEK is not attacked by water or pressurized steam. Components that are constructed from these materials retain a high level of mechanical properties when continuously conditioned in water at elevated temperatures and pressures.
Properties of Tefzel (E/FTE)

E/TFE can be best described as a rugged thermoplastic with an outstanding balance of properties. Mechanically, it is tough, has medium stiffness, impact and abrasion resistance. Summary of key properties: No load continuous use temperature of 150 C. Weather resistant Inert to most solvents and chemicals Hydrolytically stable Substantially better resistance to radiation than other plastic materials. E/TFE can perform successfully in applications where other materials are lacking in mechanical toughness, broad thermal capability, ability to meet severe environmental conditions. Tefzel is a registered trademark of DuPont.
14
Special features
1.1
Special features
To simplify our product range, we have highlighted some of the special features of our products. For this purpose, we have created various symbols and assigned numbers to them. You can find these numbers on the relevant product pages, under the Special features column in the data tables. Within a table, only those items to which one or more of these numbers have been assigned possess these special features.
Resistant to high temperatures Products labelled with this symbol consist of material that is resistant to high temperatures. This type of material is particularly suitable for use in temperature-critical areas such as engine compartments.
Heavy-duty application Products with this symbol have been developed for applications using heavy-duty cable bundles. They are particularly useful in HGV applications.
Protection against jet water Products with this symbol have an additional seal on their disc and are therefore protected against jet water. They are particularly suitable for use in areas that require increased moisture protection; for example, car doors or boot lids.
Small diameter Products labelled in this way can be used for bundles with a diameter of 1 mm and above. As a result, they can be used to secure even single wires without the need to use additional tape.
Suitable for corrugated tubing Products that are particularly suitable for accommodating corrugated tubing bear this symbol. Thanks to its special shape, axial forces on the corrugated tubing are minimised to such an extent that they are virtually eliminated.
15
1.1
Kh C ae bm e lib cia n l dre ers iis n tn ae nn ce ve s ro zf ah vn ar tious plastics
Chemical resistances of various plastics

+ = resistant o = partly resistant - = not resistant These values are only rough guides. They should be regarded as a material specification and are no substitute for a suitability test. Please see our technical datasheets for further details.
Medium Acetaldehyde, liquid Acetone Allyl chloride Formic acid Aniline Aromatic compounds Benzaldehyde Benzine/Benzol mix Benzol Bromine Chlorine, gaesous Chlorine, liquefied Chlorobenzene Chloroform Chromic acid Chromic acid Chromic acid CFC Cyclohexane Cyclohexanone Decahydronaphthlene Diethyl ether Di-isopropyl ether Dimethyl formamide Dioctyl phthalate Ethanonic acid Ethanonic acid Ethanonic acid Ethanonic acid Ethyl acetate Freon Heptane Potass. Permanganate Ketone Methylethylketone Methyisobutylketone Engine oil Nitrobenzene Ordinary petrol Paraffin oil Perchloroethylene Petroleum Phenol Nitric acid Nitric acid Carbon bisulphide Sulphuric acid Sulphuric acid Sulphuric acid Silicon oil Salad oil Carbon tetrachloride Toluol Trichlorethylene Water, cold Water, hot Hydrogen peroxide Hydrogen peroxide Xylene
Conc. [%]
100 100 100 98 100 any 100 100 100 100 100 10 20 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 25 50 100 tech. pure 100 <= 6 100 100 100 100
Temp. [C]
23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 20 23 20 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 20 20 20 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 20 23 23 20 20 23 23 23 23 23 23
PA66
+ + + + + +
PA46
+
PA12
+ o
POM
+ + o + + + o
PP
o + + + + + o o + o + + + o + + o o o + + + + + + o + + + + + + + + + + o + + + + + + + o o o + + + o
TPU
o o
Tefzel
+ + + + + + + + +
PEEK
+ + o + + + + +
o o + -
+ + -
o + + + + + + -
o o + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ +
+ + + + + +
+ + o
+ + + +
+ + -
+ + + o o o o + + + o + + + + + + + + + + + o + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + o +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ o + + + -
approx. 70 10 50 100 10 50 96
+ + + + o
+ + + + -
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + o + + + + + + +
100 100 100
+ o + o
+ o + o +
10 30 100
20 23 23
+ -
+ + +
Tefzel is a registered trademark of DuPont.
16
Introduction to the main locking techn K oa lb oe g li b ei snu ds ee rdi n fo nr en cv ae br lz e at h in es t
1.1
Introduction to the main locking technologies used for cable ties

HellermannTyton offers a wide range of cable ties for use in different applications. By constantly refining our products and satisfying the ever-changing demands of the market, various locking technologies have been developed. Below you will find a brief overview of three most common locking technologies and their characteristics. Cable ties with plastic pawls This technology is used in 90% of all polyamide (PA) cable ties aupplied by HellermannTyton. In order to cover a variety of applications, there are different variants of this system, for example: releasable versions, in-line versions, open head versions. These are one-piece cable ties, that is the pawl is moulded as an integral part of the cable tie, thereby building in inherent strengths. Locking technology Positive locking is achieved by engaging the pawl with the strap serrations. This allows the cable tie to perform to the published minimum tensile strength, that is the loading that the cable tie can hold under application. Locking technology This patented lock technology takes advantage of the excellent deformation properties of polyamide (PA). Here, the glass fibre-reinforced (GRP) locking pin (yellow) is forced into the strap by the use of an application tool - either the KR6/8 or KR8PNSE. The strap is deformed into the head of the tie by the application of the pin, thereby locking the cable tie in position and allowing for the bundling heavy loads. Locking technology The strap is locked into the head by means of the small ball-bearing. The ball locks into the small end of the wedged shaped housing, forming a positive locking with the strap. This cable tie is not suitable for rigid objects. Retraction of the ball-bearing (see drawing) is required into the small end of the wedged shaped housing to allow for a positive locking of the strap and also to make a flush cut of the end of the strap. Retraction, therefore, cannot take place with the bundling of inflexible materials. To bundle rigid objects LFPC channel should be laid as buffer between strap and bundled material to compensate for this retraction. This locking technology allows for minimum tensile strengths of up to 2.225 Newton (500 LBS). KR series cable ties This cable tie is distinguished by its smooth strap and unique locking mechanism. With the KR series the chamfered head achieves an especially firm fit around the bundled material. MBT series of cable ties Made of stainless steel grades 304 or 316, the MBT range of cable ties have no serrations on the strap and are threaded parallel through the head, gliding under a metal ball-bearing locking mechansm. By using the MK9SST application tool the cable tie is tensioned and the strap cut to a flush finish.
17
1.1
Ka D eb te er lm b iin nd ae ti roin nn oe f nm ve in rz im ah un m t tensile strength
Determination of minimum tensile strength

The minimum tensile strength is a critical selection criterion for cable ties. It expresses how much loading a cable tie can bear. This minimum tensile strength is determined in accordance with the Military Specification and Standards of the USA. Test conditions being laid down precisely in MIL-S-23190E: Conditioning of the test pieces Construction of the test apparatus Application of the tie on a split test probe Test speed
The test procedure to determine minimum tensile strength The cable tie is fixed onto a split mandril test probe with the suitable cable tie application tool. The mandril is opened at a defined speed. The loading at which the cable tie fails is determined. This value is stated in Newtons (N) and is recorded through a computer programme reading the tests. This programme produces graphs as outlined below.
Typical measurement protocol of a T50R made of PA66 with a minimum tensile strength of 225 N.
Explanation of minimum tensile strengths

What does a minimum tensile strength of 225 N (50LBS) mean? To explain what this value means, the mass with which the tie can be loaded is calculated. The unit of measurement of the mass is stated in kg. To do so, the unit Newton (N) is shown in the following way: [N] = [kg * m/s] The units m/s cancel each other out, leaving the unit [kg] for the mass. Thus: Mass = 225/9.81 kg = 22.9 kg In order to withstand a load of 53 kg, the tie must therefore have a minimum tensile strength of 520 N. In this case, select our T120R with a minimum tensile strength of 535 N (120LBS).
Therefore, a T50R cable tie with a minimum tensile strength of 225 N (50LBS) can be loaded with 22.9 kg. Conversely, with the required loading capacity the minimum tensile strength can be calculated by a mass: Min. tensile strength = mass * 9.81[m/s]
The formula for calculating the mass is: Mass =minimum tensile strength/ acceleration due to gravity
225 N/9,81 = 22,9 kg
The acceleration due to gravity is 9.81 m/s: Mass = minimum tensile strength/ [kg * m/s]/9.81 [m/s]
If the tie is to be loaded with, for example, 53 kg this produces: Minimum tensile strength = [53 kg] * 9.81 [m/s] = 520 N
53 kg * 9.81 = 520 N
At a minimum tensile strength of 225 N (50LBS) the mass is: Mass = 225 [kg * m/s] /9.81 [m/s] 18
O p t i m u m s t o r a g e c o n d i t i o n s f o r c a b l e t iK ea sb m ea lb die nd oe f r pio nln ye an m vie dre za (h PA nt )
1.1
Optimum storage conditions for cable ties made of polyamide (PA)

HellermannTyton cable ties, fastenings and fixings are manufactured from high-quality polyamide (PA). This industrial synthetic material is mainly processed using injection moulding, but can also be extruded. Polyamide is a hygroscopic material. This means that the material absorbs and loses moisture. For optimum handling of cable ties it is important that the material is in a condition of equilibrium with a water content of approximately 2.5%. The packaging used by HellermannTyton ensures that the water content in the material remains constant. Therefore, it is important to store the products in their original packaging to preserve the quality of the ties.
Always store ties in the sealed plastic bag made of polyethylene!
Once opened you should use the ties as quickly as possible.
Do not expose the product to direct sunlight
Do not store the product in sunlight; for example, on the windowsill.
Store the product away from direct sources of heat
Avoid contact with heat: for example, do not place on the radiators.
The ideal storage conditions are those of the central European standard climate:
23 C
20
90
50% relative humidity
10
30
40
50%
50
70 80 60
1 00
19
1.1
H e l l e r m a n n Ty t o n c Ka ab ble el b tie ns de cr on ef no tr sm pre to c hD eI n N dE eN r N 50 o1 r4 m6 D sI tN a nE dN a r5 d0 1 4 6
HellermannTyton cable ties conform to DIN EN 50146 standard

HellermannTyton are a supplier of high-quality solutions for the routing, oganising and securing of cables, hoses and pipes. The level of quality has been inspected by the VDE (Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik, Informationstechnik e.V) [German Association for Electrical, Electronic and Information Technologies]. Cable ties from the inside-serrated T-Series and the outside-serrated OS-Series have been tested in accordance to the cable tie standard DIN EN 50146 (VDE 0604 PART 201):2000-12; EN 50146:1999-08. The result of this independent testing is complete compliance:
These cable ties therefore qualify to bear the VDE symbol. In addition to cable ties made of the standard material polyamide 6.6 (PA66), ties made from heat-stabilised (PA66H) and UV-stabilised polyamide 6.6 (PA66W) have been successfully tested and approved. HellermannTyton is the only manufacturer to offer cable ties with inside and outside serration with DIN approval. So all current applications in the field of electrical installation are covered.
The standard includes the following tests: Test of minimum installation temperature Test of minimum application temperature Minimum tensile strength (in the standard this is described as the looping test) Load test and heat ageing test Temperature cycle test Contribution to spread of fire Corrosion resistance
The following HellermannTyton cable ties have been tested and certified: T-Series inside-serrated cable ties in the qualities: Polyamide 6.6 (all colours) 38 types x 11 colours Polyamide 6.6 heat-stabilised (all colours) 38 types x 11 colours Polyamide 6.6 UV-stabilised (black) 38 types in black Total number of cable ties in T-Series to DIN standard = 418 cable ties = 418 cable ties = 38 cable ties 874 cable ties
For further information on materials, see page 21.
AOS-series outside-serrated cable ties Polyamide 6.6 heat-stabilised (all colours)7 types x 11 colours Total number of cable ties in OS series to DIN standard Total number of HellermannTyton cable ties to DIN standard = 77 cable ties 77 cable ties 951 cable ties
20
Material specifications
1.1
Material specifications
Material Ethylenterafluorineethylen Tefzel (E/TFE) Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified (PA66HIR) Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) Polyacetal (POM) Operating Temperature -80 C to +150 C continuous Colour Blue (BU) Flammability chem. material properties* UL94 V0 Resistance to radioactivity UV- resistant, not moisture sentitive Good chemical resistance to: acids, bases, oxidizing agents Limited brittlenes sensitivity Good at low temperature Limited brittlenes sensitivity Good at low temperature Modified elevated max. temperature Limited brittlenes sensitivity Flexible at low temperature Not moisture sensitive Robust on impacts
-40 C to +80 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) -40 C to +105 C
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
Black (BK)
UL94 HB
-40 C to +90 C continuous, (+110 C for 500 h)
Natural (NA)
UL94 HB
Stainless Steel Type SS304, Type SS316
-80 C to +538 C
Metal (ML)
Corrosion resistant Antimagnetic
Material specifications, Halogen Free

Material Polyamide 12 (PA12) Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Polyamide 6.6 UV-resistant (PA66W) Polypropylene (PP) Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU) Polyamide 6.6 with metal particles Operating Temperature -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) -20 C to +85 C -40 C to +85 C -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) Colour Black (BK) Natural (NA), Black (BK)** Natural (NA), Black (BK)** Black (BK) Natural (NA), Black (BK)** Black (BK) Blue (BU) Flammability UL94 HB UL94 V2 UL94 V2 UL94 V2 UL94 HB UL94 HB UL94 HB chem. material properties*
halogenfree
Good chemical resistance to: acids, bases, oxidizing agents UV- resistant High yield strength High yield strength Modified elevated max. temperature High yield strength, UV-resistant Good chemical resistance to: organic acids Floats in water, moderate yield strength High elastic, UV-resistant Good chemical resistance to: acids, bases, oxidizing agents High yield strength
Material specifications, Limited Fire Hazard

Material Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) Polyamide 6.6 V0 (PA66V0) Polyolefin Operating Temperature -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) -40 C to +85 C continuous -40 C to +90 C Colour Natural (NA), Grey (GY)** White (WH) Black (BK) Flammability chem. material properties* UL94 V2 UL94 V0 UL94 V0 Resistant to high temperatures Very moisture sensitive, low smoke sensitive High yield strength, low smoke emissions Low smoke emissions
e Limited Fir Hazard
Material specifications, Halogen Free and Limited Fire Hazard

Material Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) Operating Temperature -55 C to +260 C Colour Grey (GY) Flammability chem. material properties* UL94 V0
halogenfree
Resistance to radioactivity UV- resistant Good chemical resistance to: acids, bases, oxidizing agents Not moisture sentitive
Tefzel is a registered trademark of DuPont. * These details are only rough guide values. They should be regarded as a material specification and are no substitute for a suitability test. Please see our datasheets for further details. ** Other colours on request.
21
1.1
C a b l e Ti e s
T Series
Features and Benefits Available in a wide range of materials, these cable ties all feature internal serrations allowing for a positive hold onto cable, hose and pipe bundles. The design of the head guarantees a high tensile strength whilst allowing a very low insertion force, this, combined with the bent tail design of many of the ties, ensures a simple and quick installation. Whilst easily installed by hand, manual and pneumatic (for high volume applications) tensioning tools are available to ensure a consistent and safe installation. Application For the routing, bundling and securing of cables, pipes and hoses.
T-Series for bundling and securing of cables for a wide range of applications, available in various colours and materials.
Application Tool MK3SP MK3PNSP2, MK7P MK7 MK7HT MK20 MK6 MK9P, MK6PN MK9 MK9HT MK21 Autotool 2000
Registration Numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
T18S T255M
For more information on HellermannTyton tools, please turn to chapter Application Tools page 96.
Other materials and colours are available in our main catalogue.
Please note! Not every product listed carries these approvals! For Product Specific Approvals please refer to the Appendix.
22
C a b l e Ti e s
1.1
T Series, Polyamide 6.6 Heat Stabilised (PA66HS)

T18S T255M
Material Data
Material Operating Temperature Flammability
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Technical Table Length Article-No. Type (L) Polyamide 6.6. Heat Stabilised 111-02815 T18S 111-01959 T18R 111-01950 T18R 111-02359 T18I 111-02358 T18I 111-02159 T18L 111-02049 T18L 111-02501 T25L 111-02602 T25LL 111-03259 T30R 111-03250 T30R 111-03459 T30L 111-03450 T30L 111-04401 T30LR 111-04404 T30LR 111-03569 T30LL 111-00278 T30LL 111-03640 T30LL 111-03859 T40R 111-03970 T40R 111-04614 T40I 111-04314 T40L 111-05850 T50S 111-05859 T50S 111-04950 T50R 111-04882 T50R 111-06205 T50M 83 100 100 140 140 205 205 240 330 150 150 190 190 260 260 290 290 290 175 175 290 365 150 150 200 200 245 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 16.0 22.0 22.0 35.0 35.0 55.0 55.0 65.0 95.0 35.0 35.0 50.0 50.0 65.0 65.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 40.0 40.0 80.0 105 35.0 35.0 50.0 50.0 65.0 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 110 110 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 180 180 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 Material PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Application Tool 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 15 15 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 15 15 15 15 110 110 110 110 110
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes.
23
1.1
C a b l e Ti e s
T Series, Polyamide 6.6 Heat Stabilised (PA66HS)

T18S T255M
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Length Article-No. Type (L) Polyamide 6.6. Heat Stabilised 111-05259 T50I 117-05250 T50I 111-05450 T50L 111-05436 T50L 111-05059 T80R 111-08005 T80R 117-08070 T80R 111-08259 T80I 111-08250 T80I 111-05459 T80L 111-00388 T80L 111-12850 T120S 111-12824 T120S 111-12050 T120R(E) 111-12059 T120R(E) 111-00153 T120M 111-12719 T120XM 111-00280 T120XM 111-12440 T120L 111-12449 T120L 111-15069 T150R(H) 111-15609 T150M 111-15410 T150L 111-15510 T150XL 111-00833 X120R 300 300 390 390 210 210 210 300 300 390 390 225 225 380 380 460 600 600 760 760 365 530 820 1095 369 Width Bundle Min. Tensile (W) max. Strength (N) 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 8.9 8.8 8.9 7.7 85.0 85.0 110 110 55.0 55.0 55.0 85.0 85.0 110 110 55.0 55.0 100 100 130 175 175 225 225 100 150 245 330 100 225 225 225 225 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 670 780 780 780 600 Material PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HIRHS(S) Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Application Tool 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 69 69 69 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Special Features
24
C a b l e Ti e s
1.1
Wide Strap Heavy Duty Cable Ties

Features and Benefits The wide strap cable tie minimizes pinching on soft bundles and features a low profile head to provide compact bundling. A thinner strap provides increased flexibility for improved ergonomics. Wide strap is designed to minimize pinching of soft hoses and convoluted tubing. Low profile head. Clamping rails on the bottom of head to increase grip on round bundles. Accommodates a large range of bundle diameters: 9.5mm - 104.7mm. Flexible strap. Bent tip for quick insertion into mounts. Application The very flexible wide strap is used in heavyduty application where limited room is offered for the application. It is therefore a valued product in all areas of the mass transit, construction- and automotive industry.
The wide strap cable tie accommodates a large range of bundle diameters: 9.5mm - 104mm.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) -40 C to +110 C continuous UL94 HB
These cable ties can also be used with the new heavy duty mounts (up from page 73).
Wide Strap Heavy Duty Cable Ties
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 230 305 380 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 12.7 12.7 12.7 55.0 80.0 100 534 534 534 Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2 2
111-12300 WSS 111-12301 WSI 111-12302 WSR
25
1.1
C a b l e Ti e s
CTT, HT Hose Ties

Features and Benefits The curved design of the head ensures a seal around the full circumference of the hose/gaiter giving excellent protection against the ingress of water or dirt. For optimum sealing performance it is recommended that the correct HellermannTyton application tool is used. Both hand operated and pneumatic tools are available. Application Designed to secure pipes, hoses and gaiters, where low pressures are being secured. These ties can be used in many industries, including: automotive, white goods manufacturers and construction.
Material Data
CTT ties installed on flexible gaiters.
Material Data
halogenfree
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 heat- / UV-stabilised (PA66HSW) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
CTT Hose Ties
Technical Table Article-No. CTT20R Type Length (L) 100 100 100 205 205 205 205 275 340 Width (W) 2.5 2.0 2.5 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 7.6 Bundle Min. Tensile Strength max. (N) 13.0 13.0 13.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 70.0 90.0 90 90 90 265 265 265 265 225 535 Material PA66 PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66 PA66HS PA66HSW PA66 PA66HS Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Application Tool 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 110 110 110 110 110 610
112-51919 CTT20R 112-51900 CTT20R 112-51960 CTT20R CTT60R 112-52104 CTT60R 112-56019 CTT60R 112-52112 CTT60R 112-56060 CTT60R HRT50R 112-00001 HRT50R HT120R 112-00100 HT120R
26
C a b l e Ti e s
1.1
DH Series
Features and Benefits Designed with two heads, these ties can be assembled into a 'figure 8' for securing two cables. Its flexible adjustment means that the bundles can be of different sizes.
Application Ideal for running two cables in parallel, but separated. These ties can be used for installation of a second cable run without the need for additional cable ties.
Bundling two cable runs using the DH ties.
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
Polyamide 6.6 UV-resistant (PA66W) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
27
1.1
C a b l e Ti e s
DH Series
Application Tool MK3SP MK3PNSP2, MK7P MK7 MK7HT MK20 MK6 MK9P, MK6PN MK9 MK9HT MK21
Registration Numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DH Series
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length Width (L) (W) 210 210 210 210 210 305 305 305 395 395 395 395 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 per Min. Tensile Strength Min. Tensile Strength loop max. (N) (N) 2nd loop Material 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 PA66 PA66 PA66W PA66HS PA46 PA66 PA66 PA66W PA66 PA66 PA66W PA66HS Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Grey (GY) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Application Special Tool Features 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 1
117-05002 T50RDH 117-05000 T50RDH 117-05060 T50RDH 117-05050 T50RDH 117-00004 T50RDH 117-05302 T50IDH 117-05362 T50IDH 117-05360 T50IDH 117-05402 T50LDH 117-05400 T50LDH 117-05460 T50LDH 117-00008 T50LDH
28
C a b l e Ti e s
1.1
OS Series
Features and Benefits The ever increasing demands within the automotive industry for tighter bundles has given problems with conventional tie design causing damage to the cable insulation. The OS range of outside serrated cable ties have overcome these problems the design offers high tensile strengths, low insertion force and a smooth surface to the cable minimising any indentation or damage to the insulation. The curved shape of the head allows the tie to follow the contours of the cable and takes up less space than other designs of cable ties. Application Designed originally for the automotive market these ties are now being used in many areas where thin-walled or soft insulation wires and cable are being installed, e.g. railways, aircraft, data cable installations, electronics.
The new head design of the OS Series The contoured head needs less installation space, provides low insertion force and offers high strength.
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
halogenfree
Material Data
Material Data
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2, Limited Fire Hazard, low generation of toxic gases and corrosive acid, low smoke generation
Polyamide 6.6 V0 (PA66V0) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V0, low generation of toxic gases and corrosive acid, low smoke generation
29
1.1
C a b l e Ti e s
OS Series
Smooth surface prevents insulation damage by chafe and indentation.
For more information on HellermannTyton tools, please turn to chapter Application Tools, page 96.
OS Series
Technical Table Length Article-No. Type (L) Polyamide 6.6. UV Stabilised 118-00039 T18ROS 118-05860 T50SOS 118-05060 T50ROS 118-00035 T18ROS 118-04702 T18ROS 118-00064 T30ROS 118-04800 T30ROS 118-00044 T30LOS 118-04900 T30LOS 118-05859 T50SOS 118-05850 T50SOS 118-05059 T50ROS 118-05050 T50ROS 118-00055 T50MOS 118-00018 T50MOS 118-05900 T50LOS 118-00067 T120ROS 118-00066 T120ROS Polyamide 6.6. V0 rated 118-00014 T30ROS 118-00021 T50MOS Polyamide 4.6 118-05878 T50SOS 118-00040 T50ROS 118-05078 T50ROS 118-00022 T50MOS 150 200 200 245 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 35.0 50.0 50.0 66.0 225 225 225 225 PA46 PA46 PA46 PA46 Grey (GY) Natural (NA) Grey (GY) Natural (NA) 15 15 15 15 1 1 1 1 148 245 3.4 4.6 1.6 1.6 35.0 66.0 135 225 PA66V0 PA66V0 White (WH) White (WH) 13, 5 15 100 150 200 100 100 148 145 200 200 150 150 200 200 245 245 384 385 385 Width Bundle Bundle Min. Tensile (W) min. max. Strength (N) 2.5 4.6 4.6 2.5 2.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 7.6 7.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 5.0 5.0 20.0 35.0 50.0 20.0 20.0 35.0 35.0 50.0 50.0 35.0 35.0 50.0 50.0 66.0 66.0 110 105 105 80 225 225 80 80 135 135 135 135 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 535 535 Material PA66W PA66W PA66W PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Application Tool 13, 5 15 15 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 610 610 Special Features
Polyamide 6.6. Heat Stabilised
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Other materials available on request.
30
S p e c i a l P u r p o s e Ti e s
1.2
PEEK Ties Outside Serrated

Features and Benefits PEEK Ties will withstand temperatures from -55 C up to +260 C. Their chemical resistance, even against acid and gamma radiation is excellent. Furthermore the PEEK Ties have good abrasion resistance. With as little as 4.5mm strap cross-section it holds a tensile strength of 230N but needs only 6N insertion force. The design offers a good ratio weight to tensile strength. The contoured head takes up less space therefore usage in areas with space restrictions are ideal. Due to the outside serration PEEK Ties are minimising any indentation or damage to cable insulation. Application The PEEK Tie has been designed for the Ministry of Defence and Aircraft industry in cooperation with leading companies. With the properties this product claims it is predestined for high temperature applications. This performance will be well appropriate also for the drilling industry, railway, offshore or automotive industry. The PEEK Tie is an extraordinary product. It conjuncts the mechanical performance and resistance to environmental influence of a metal tie with the ease of use of a polyamide cable tie.
The contoured head takes up less space, gives a low insertion force and offers high strength.
Material Data
Material
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) -55 C to +260 C UL94 V0
Material specification see page 21.
Operating Temperature Flammability
The head design of PEEK Ties
PEEK Ties
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 145 Width Bundle Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) min. max. (N) 3.4 1.6 35 230 Material PEEK Colour Grey (GY) Application Tool MK7, MK7P Special Features 1
118-00032 PT2A
Please note! Not every product listed carries these approvals! For Product Specific Approvals please refer to the Appendix. 31
1.2
KR Series Cable and Hose Fixing System

Features and Benefits The special curved design of the head ensures a seal around the full circumference of the hose / pipe. The patented design offers a smooth strap which is locked into place with a glass fibre reinforced pin, and when assembled the tie offers a very secure and vibration resistant fixing. Available as both fixed length ties or in a continuous roll (50 metres). Fixed lenghts ties from 500 mm are 2-parts, head and tie are ultrasonic welded. Application In addition to offering a secure method of bundling cables the design of the KR ties make them ideal for use as a method of securing bellows on steering racks, water hoses and vacuum lines. Material PA 12 is less hygroscopic and therefore constant in dimension and performance.
The KR8/33 has been repeatedly proven in High Vibration applications.
Cable ties KR-Series
Material Data
Material Colour Operating Temperature Flammability
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) Natural (NA), Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data

The unlocked head of a KR-tie.
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Natural (NA), Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data

The cable tie (red) is locked into place with the pin.
Polyamide 6.6 UV-resistant (PA66W) Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
32
1.2
KR Series is available in different sizes
Material Data
For detailed information on Application Tools please refer to page 113.
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) Grey (GY) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
Material Data
Polyamide 12 (PA12) Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 HB
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. KR6 Type Length (L) 356 356 356 210 210 210 337 337 337 337 337 337 426 426 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 93.0 93.0 93.0 47.0 47.0 47.0 86.0 86.0 86.0 86.0 86.0 86.0 105 105 490 490 490 785 785 785 785 785 785 785 390 785 785 785 Material PA66 PA66HS PA66W PA66 PA66HS PA66W PA66 PA66HS PA66HS PA66W PA12 PA46 PA66HS PA66HS Colour Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Grey (GY) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Application Tool KR6/8 KR6/8 KR6/8 KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1, 2 2 2 Special Features
121-63519 KR6/35 121-63555 KR6/35 121-63560 KR6/35 KR8-one piece 121-82119 KR8/21 121-82155 KR8/21 121-82160 KR8/21 121-83319 KR8/33 121-83355 KR8/33 121-83345 KR8/33 121-83360 KR8/33 121-83380 KR8/33 121-83378 KR8/33 121-74359 KR8/43 121-74360 KR8/43
33
1.2
Material Data
Material Colour
Cable ties ... KR8S1
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) Natural (NA), Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Natural (NA), Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Double-head .KR8C5
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 UV-resistant (PA66W) Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type KR8-ultrasonic welded 121-05019 KR8/50 121-05051 KR8/50 121-05060 KR8/50 121-06019 KR8/60 121-06060 KR8/60 121-07019 KR8/70 121-07060 KR8/70 121-08019 KR8/80 121-08060 KR8/80 121-10019 KR8/100 121-10060 KR8/100 121-11051 KR8/110 121-11060 KR8/110 121-12019 KR8/120 121-15019 KR8/150 KR8C5 121-58519 KR8/C5 121-58560 KR8/C5 121-58551 KR8/C5 KR8S1 121-98119 KR8/S1 121-98160 KR8/S1 121-98151 KR8/S1 50 m 50 m 50 m 8.0 8.0 8.0 785 785 720 PA66 PA66W PA66HS Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) KR6/8 KR6/8 KR6/8 38.0 38.0 38.0 11.7 11.7 11.7 PA66 PA66W PA66HS Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) KR6/8 KR6/8 KR6/8 Length (L) 500 500 500 600 600 700 700 800 800 1000 1000 1100 1100 1200 1500 Width Min. Tensile Strength (W) (N) 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 785 720 785 785 785 785 785 785 785 785 785 720 785 785 785 Material PA66 PA66HS PA66W PA66 PA66W PA66 PA66W PA66 PA66W PA66 PA66W PA66HS PA66W PA66 PA66 Colour Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Application Tool KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE KR6/8, KR8PNSE Special Features 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
34
1.2
CT and BHT Series of Chassis Ties

Features and Benefits The ties have serrations on both sides of the strap allowing for quick and easy installation, even where the access or visibility is poor. The DE range offers a rounded head for applications where a good aesthetic appearance is required. The CT and LHT ranges have a square head which allows for optimum use in areas with restricted space. Prior to final tensioning these ties can be used as 'releasable' ties for the addition of extra cables. Once the cable runs are complete the final tensioning (by use of a suitable HellermannTyton tensioning tool) locks the tie in place. Application Using a single hole these 'chassis ties' are widely used in the automotive, truck and heavy equipment markets. Ideal for applications which have access to both sides of the hole for example truck frames.
BHT375 - used for mounting cables via a single hole.
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Width (W) Bundle max. Min. Tensile Strength (N) Material Colour Special Application Tool Features
150-20395
With centering BHT203 BHT375
200 375
7.6 7.6
50 100
700 700
PA66HS Black (BK) PA66HS Black (BK)
610 610
2 2
150-37595
150-20396 150-47595
Without centering BHT203M BHT375M
200 375
7.6 7.6
50 100
700 700
PA66HS Black (BK) PA66HS Black (BK)
610 610
2 2
132-20360 132-37540 132-00000 132-00200
CT203 CT375 LHT370 DE863220
200 375 370 300
7.6 7.6 7.6 6.0
50 100 106 80
700 700 535 135
PA66HS Black (BK) PA66HS Black (BK) PA66 Black (BK) PA66HS Black (BK)
610 610 610 610
2 2 2 2
35
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
One-piece fixing ties

One Piece Fixing Ties bring together a solution for the need to bundle a product whilst at the same time providing a fixing solution. HellermannTytons one piece fixing ties offer the ideal combination of high specification materials and superior design to suit the fixing and bundling needs of these complex applications. The fixing anchor will be found either at the head side of the cable tie or somewhere along the strap to meet the different installation spaces our customers are faced with.
The additional seal protects against the ingress of moisture.
One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead and Disc

Features and Benefits When inserted into the hole the arrowhead locks into place and the 'disc', between the fixing and the head of the cable tie, covers the hole and minimises the ingress of dust, dirt and water. The anchor will adjust for variations in panel thickness thereby ensuring a secure fixing at all times. The RT versions are releasable and reusable, ideal for the removal or addition of cables after the initial installation is complete. The T50SST type has a small 'tab' placed below the head, which gives additional protection against axial forces and is particularly useful to assist retention on convoluted tubing. Application With a diverse range of fixing possibilities this range of fixing ties are ideal for use in many different industries, like: automotive, aerospace, white goods manufacture and panel building.
Material Data
halogenfree
Material Data
halogenfree
36
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead and Disc
The flexible 'discs' adjusts to take up variations in panel thickness - ensuring a firm fixing at all times.
Material Data
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2, Limited Fire Hazard, halogen free, low smoke generation, low generation of toxic gases and corrosive acid
Common head/fixing design.
One piece fixing tie with arrowhead and disc, standard design.
Special design without a gap between head and bundle: T50MD7.
Technical Table Length (L) 160 160 160 160 170 170 170 225 225 160 160 160 160 Width (W) 5.0 5.1 5.0 5.0 4.6 4.6 4.6 5.0 5.0 4.6 4.6 4.6 5.0 Min. Bundle Disc Tensile St. (N) max. 31 31 30 30 31.0 31.0 31.0 59 59 35 35 35 31 18.0 18.0 22.0 22.0 16.2 16.2 16.2 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 180 Hole 6.3-7.5 6.3-7.5 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 6.1-6.5 6.1-6.5 6.1-6.5 6.8-7.2 6.8-7.2 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 6.3-7.5 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. Material min. 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 1.9 0.6 1.8 1.2 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 2.5 1.8 PA66 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA46 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS Special Features
Article-No. 126-01401 T50SD6 111-85350 T50SD6
Type
Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Grey (GY) Black (BK) Black (BK) Green (GN) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
126-00015 T50SDOP 126-01601 T50SDOR* 126-02300 T50SST5 126-00017 T50SST5 150-35395 T50SST5 111-85850 T50MD7 126-00800 T50MD7 126-03100 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 156-00264 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 126-03102 T50SOSSFT6.5E Releasable 111-85480 RT50SD6
* for slottet hole drilling
3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5 4, 5
37
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
One Piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead

Features and Benefits The arrowhead is simply pushed through the panel and locks into place, the design of the arrowhead (without 'legs') ensures that the minimum amount of space is used, and yet offers a firm, secure fixing. Application The arrowhead designs allows these ties to be used in areas with limited space.
The arrowhead designs allows these ties to be used in areas with limited space.
Material Data Application Tool MK3SP MK3PNSP2, MK7P MK7 MK7HT MK20 MK6 MK9P, MK6PN MK9 MK9HT MK21 Registration Numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
T30RSF
halogenfree
T50RSF
T50RSF(U)
Technical Table Length (L) 161 161 210 210 Width (W) 3.6 3.6 4.6 4.6 Bundle Min. Tensile max. Strength (N) 31 31 50 50 135 135 225 225 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. 0.9 0.9 2.9 2.9 2.36 2.3 3.1 3.1 Application Tool 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5
Article-No.
Type
Hole 4.8-5.6 4.8-5.6 6.2-6.4 6.2-6.4
Material PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66
Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK)
111-85603 T30RSF(U) 111-85610 T30RSF(U) 111-85799 T50RSF(E) 126-01001 T50RSF(E)
38
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
One piece Fixing Tie with Arrowhead

Features and Benefits The arrowhead design, in conjunction with the supporting 'legs', ensure a firm and secure fixing. The 'legs' take up any variation in panel thickness enabling one part to suit many applications. Both the RT and FBS versions are releasable and reusable and the FBS type have the added feature of a ladder type strap as opposed to the conventional serrated strap this ladder type strap has the benefit of being very flexible. Application For the bundling and fixing of cable harnesses, pipes and hoses in the automotive, aerospace, white goods industries and panel building.
A wide range of arrowhead fixing ties which are suitable for panel thicknesses of 0.5mm to 4.5mm and hole diameters of 4.4mm to 8.0mm.
Material Data
halogenfree
Material Data Application Tool MK3SP MK3PNSP2, MK7P MK7 MK7HT MK20 MK6 MK9P, MK6PN MK9 MK9HT MK21 Registration Numbers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Material Data
halogenfree
halogenfree
For more information on HellermannTyton tools, please turn to chapter Application Tools page 96. Material Data
39
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s

Technical Table Length Width Bundle Min. Tensile (L) (W) max. Strength (N) Hole Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. Special Features
Article-No.
Type
Material
Colour
111-85519 T18RSF 111-85560 T18RSF
100 100
2.5 2.5
16.0 16.0
80 80
4.65-4.85 4.65-4.85
1.0 1.0
3.0 3.0
PA66 PA66W
Natural (NA) Black (BK)
111-85739 T50SSFM 126-01104 T50SSFM 126-00032 T50SSFM 111-85729 T50RSFM
160 160 160 200
4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
25 25 25 45
225 225 225 225
6.0-6.4 6.0-6.4 6.0-6.4 6.0-6.4
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
PA66 PA66HS PA66HS PA66
Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA)
111-85329 T50VSL5 111-85339 T50SSL5 126-02204 T50SSL5 111-85395 T50SSL5 126-00005 T50SL5 111-85369 T50SL5 126-00001 T50SL5 111-85469 T50SL6 111-85460 T50SL6 111-85479 T50SL7 126-00027 T50SL7
100 135 135 135 165 165 165 165 165 165 165
4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
16 27 27 27 34 34 34 34 34 34 34
225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
6.1-6.3 6.1-6.5 6.1-6.5 6.1-6.5 6.1-6.3 6.1-6.3 6.1-6.3 6.3-7.5 6.3-7.5 6.9-7.1 6.9-7.1
1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8
2.6 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
PA66 PA66 PA66HS PA46 PA66HIRHS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66 PA66 PA66
Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Grey (GY) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) 1
111-85781 YQR10050 150-48396 T80RFT6X12 150-48397 T80RFT6X12

* for slottet hole drilling
165 228 228
4.6 4.6 4.6
34 45 45
225 225 225
6.9-7.1 6.3x12.3 6.3x12.3
1.6 0.6 0.6
4.0 3.0 3.0
PA66 PA66 PA46
Brown (BN) Black (BK) Grey (GY) 1
40
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3

Technical Table Length (L) Width Bundle (W) max. Min. Tensile Strength (N) Hole Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max.
Article-No. Releasable
Type
Material
Colour
126-03000 115-07010 126-00011 Releasable
YQR10016 RT50RSF RT50SL7
165 215 165
4.6 4.6 4.6
34 50 34
225 225 225
6.9-7.1 7.8-8.2 7.0
1.6 0.6
4.0 2.5 2.5
PA66 PA66 PA66
Grey (GY) Black (BK) Black (BK)
115-01900 115-06960 115-00024 Releasable
RT18RSF RT50SFK RT50SFK
132 225 225
3.0 5.0 5.0
27 50 50
80 225 225
3.8-4.2 6.4-7.0 6.4-7.0
0.8 0.8
2.3 3.0 3.0
PA66 PA66 PA66HS
Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK)
150-26100 150-26140 150-26180
FBS100 FBS140 FBS185
115 160 200
10 10 10
27 42 53
6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7
0.7 0.7 0.7
3.9 3.9 3.9
PA66 PA66 PA66
Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
41
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
New Automation of fixing applications!

It is now possible to fit fixings (sometimes known as foot parts) in conjunction with automatic cable tying. This is best suited to applications where either high volume manufacture or flexible production methods are needed.
The footpart is placed,
Fir Tree ATS FT6
... the strap is tied automatically through the head of the footpart,
Automatic tool.
!
42
Other combinations between cable tie and foot part available on request.
and the harness is completely bundled including the footpart.
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead in the Strap

Features and Benefits The arrowhead fixing is located in the strap of the cable tie which ensures that the cable bundle sits directly above the fixing point, minimising the space taken. The head of the T80RSF tie is moulded in a raised position to ease assembly when the fixing is already in place in the panel.
Application This range of fixing ties is ideal for use in many different industries, including automotive, aerospace and panel building. The T50SSF type has specially moulded retainers to hold battery cables parallel and firmly in place.
Material Data
Designed to secure battery cables the T50SSF6.5 offers a simple and secure fixing.
halogenfree
Material Data
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
T80RSFT6.5FW
T80SSF6,5F
Technical Table Length Width Bundle Min. Tensile (L) (W) max. Strength (N) 209 209 179 209 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 45 45 43 45 300 300 225 300 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Special Features 5 1 1
Article-No.
Type
Hole 6.3-6.5 6.3-6.5 6.3-6.5 6.3-6.5
Material PA66HS PA66HS PA46 PA46
Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Grey (GY) Grey (GY)
126-02600 T80RSF6.5F 150-39385 T80RSF6.5FW 150-39392 T80SSF6.5F 150-39395 T80RSF6.5F
43
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
One Piece Fixing Ties with Arrowhead and Disc in the strap
Features and Benefits The arrowhead fixing is located in the midsection of the strap of the cable tie which ensures that the cable bundle sits directly above the fixing point, minimising the space taken. The 'disc' on types T50SSP and T50RSP completely covers the hole in the panel minimising the ingress of dust, dirt and water. The 'discs' on all three types flex to suit variations in panel thickness, ensuring a firm but secure fixing. A particular design feature of these ties is the 'tab' on the end of the head - this is to facilitate easy location and orientation of the head for assembly. Application With a diverse range of fixing possibilities (from 5.7mm to 6.5mm hole diameters and 0.7mm to 3.5mm panel thickness) this range of fixing ties are ideal for use in many different industries, for example: automotive, aerospace, rail, and panel building.
Material Data
The 'tab' on the head of the tie makes it easy to locate and lift the head for assembly.
Material Operating Temperature

T50SSP/T50RSP
halogenfree
Flammability
Material Data
T80RSFT
Technical Table Length Width Bundle Disc (L) (W) max. 120 190 190 190 190 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 24 45 45 45 45 18.0 18.0 24.4 24.4 24.4 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness Min. Tensile max. min. Strength (N) Hole 225 225 355 355 355 6.0-6.5 6.0-6.5 5.7-6.3 5.7-6.3 5.7-6.3 0.7 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.3 3.5 3.5 3.5 Special Features
Article-No.
Type
Material PA66 PA66 PA66 PA66HS PA46
Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Grey (GY)
150-35932 T50SSP 150-35930 T50RSP 150-15493 T80RSFT 126-02500 T80RSFT 150-15498 T80RSFT
44
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Cable Tie and Arrowhead Mount Assemblies

Features and Benefits These two piece fixing ties are supplied ready assembled and offer a simple and versatile method of bundling and fixing cables, pipes and hoses. The arrowhead base will easily push into prepunched holes in panels and offers a very secure fixing. The two piece design enables the head of the tie to be orientated to the required position to ease assembly, whilst the 'disc' on the top of the arrowhead takes up variation in panel thickness ensuring a stable fixing at all times. Available as either inside serrated or outside serrated 'standard' cable ties or 'double headed' ties. Application Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry, their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used in other industries, for example: aviation, switch-gear manufacturers, white goods manufacturers.
Being a two piece assembly allows the tie head to be located in the most convenient position.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C UL94 HB
Material Data

Two piece fixing tie with moveable arrowhead.
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Technical Table Length (L) 150 200 200 210 300 Width (W) 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.6 Bundle max. 31 45 45 45 81 Disc 22.4 22.4 18.0 22.4 22.4 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 225 225 225 225 355 Hole 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 6.5-6.8 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 Material Panel Panel Thickness Thickness Cable Tie Foot Part max. min. 0.7 0.9 0.4 0.7 0.7 2.0 2.0 1.6 2.0 2.0 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HIRHS PA66HS PA66HS Application Tool 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 13, 5 15
Article-No.
Type
150-13593 T50SSFT6.5 150-13591 T50RSFT6.5 150-37691 T50RSFT6.5D18 117-05160 T50RDHSFT6.5 150-13596 T80ISFT6.5
45
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
One Piece Fixing Ties with Fir Tree Mount

Features and Benefits This one piece cable tie with fir tree fixing offers a simple and easy to use method of bundling and fixing cables, pipes and hoses. The design of the fir tree ensures a positive and secure fixing into panels from 0.8mm to 7.0mm deep or threaded blind holes. The 'disc' on the top of the fir tree covers the hole and minimises the ingress of dust, dirt and water. Type REL are releasable and reusable and are ideal for the removal or addition of cables after the initial installation is completed. Application Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry their simplicity and ease of use has resulted in these parts being used in many other industries, for example: aviation, switch-gear manufacture and white goods.
Ideal for use in deep panels and threaded, blind holes.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) -40 C to +105 C UL94 HB
Material Data
Material Operating Temperature

Common head/fixing design.
halogenfree
Flammability
Special design without a gap between head and bundle: FT220DP7.
One piece fixing tie with fir tree mount, standard design.
Technical Table Length Width Bundle (L) (W) max. 110 160 170 170 230 170 2.5 4,7 5.0 5.0 4.7 4.6 5.0 20 35 31 31 40 35 31 Disc 13.0 16.0 22.0 22.0 16.0 16 x 21 22.0 Min. Tensile St. (N) 80 225 225 225 225 135 Hole 4.9-5.1 6.3-7.0 6.3-7.1 6.3-7.1 6.8-7.2 6.2x12.2 6.3-7.0 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. 3.0 0,7 0.8 0.8 0.8 3.0 4.0 3,0 7.0 7.0 5.0 7.0 Special Features 4, 5
Article-No.
Type
Material PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HIRHS(S) PA66 PA66HIRHS PA66
Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
150-55610 T18RDP5 157-00033 T50SOSFT6E-MOD 157-01104 T50SDP6 150-55550 T50SDP6 150-01700 FT220DP7 157-00014 T50SOS2DOP Releasable 150-55500 REL30SDP6
46
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Cable Tie and Fir Tree Mount Assemblies

Features and Benefits These two piece fixings are supplied ready assembled and offer a simple and versatile method of bundling and fixing cables. The fir tree base will easily push into prepunched holes in panels or threaded, blind holes, and offers a very secure fixing. The two piece design enables the head of the tie to be orientated to the required position to ease assembly, whilst the 'disc' on the top of the fir tree covers the hole and minimises the ingress of dust, dirt and water. Application Primarily designed for fixing cable harnesses in the automotive industry their simplicity and ease of use, has resulted in these parts being used in many industries, for example: aviation, switch gear manufacture and white goods.
These Fir-Tree fixings can also be used in threaded, blind holes.
One piece fixing tie with fir tree mount
!
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.75 0.75 0.75 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0
Technical Table Min. Tensile St. (N) 135 135 135 225 225 225 80 135 180 135 135 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. Material Colour BK, GY BK BK, GY BK, GY BK BK, GY BK BK BK BK BK BK BK GY BK BK BK BK BK BK Cable Tie PA66HS PA66HS PA46 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66 PA66 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66 PA46 PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66 Special Foot Part Features PA66 PA66HIRHS PA46 PA66 PA66HIRHS PA66 PA66 PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66 PA46 PA66 PA66HS PA66HIR PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66 1 1
Article-No.
Type
Length Width Bundle (L) (W) max. 150 148 150 200 200 150 100 190 260 150 148 210 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 150 3.6 3.6 3.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 2.5 3.6 3.3 3.6 3.6 4.7 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 34.0 34.0 34.0 45.0 45.0 34.0 20.0 45.0 65.0 34.0 35.0 19.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 44.0 45.0 31.0
Disc 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Hole 4.5-5.0 4.5-5.0 4.5-5.0 4.5-5.0 4.5-5.0 4.5-5.0 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.3x12.2 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1
150-55940 T30RFT5 150-55850 T30RFT5 150-55948 T30RFT5 150-55941 T50RFT5 156-00025 T50RFT5 150-55943 T50SFT5 150-09110 T18RFT6 150-31097 T30LFT6LG 150-77932 T30LRFT6 150-77950 T30RFT6 150-31090 T30RFT6LG 150-77936 T50RDHFT6 156-05308 T50RFT6 150-77938 T50RFT6 150-77941 T50RFT6 156-05300 T50RFT6 150-37591 T50RFT6OVAL 150-31091 T50RFT6LG 156-00076 T50ROSFT6 156-01500 T50SFT6
47
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Cable Tie and Fir Tree Mount Assemblies
One piece fixing tie with fir tree mount
Material Data
Other dimensions available on request. Please contact us for further information.
Material Data
Technical Table Min. Tensile St. (N) 225 225 225 355 355 355 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 535 225 225 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 4.0 0.8 0.8 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 5.0 5.0 Material Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Cable Tie PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66HS PA66 PA66HS Foot Part PA66 PA66HIRHS PA66HIR PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66 PA66HS PA66HS 2 PA66 PA66HS 4 Special Features
Article-No.
Type
Length Width Bundle (L) (W) max. 150 160 200 390 300 300 160 200 200 200 300 300 200 200 200 300 200 200 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 7.6 4.6 4.6 31.0 35.0 46.0 108 81.0 81.0 31.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 81.0 81.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 75.0 45.0 45.0
Disc 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 18.0 18.0
Hole 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.0 6.4-7.1 6.4-7.1 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 7.7-8.0 7.7-8.0 7.7-8.0 8.8-9.4 9.7-10.0 9.7-10.0
150-77933 T50SFT6 150-31093 T50SFT6LG 156-05902 T50ROSFT6SD 150-77934 T80LFT6 150-77937 T80IFT6 150-31096 T80IFT6LG 156-01503 T50SFT7 111-85870 T50RFT7 156-05312 T50RFT7 156-05311 T50RFT7 156-00903 T50IFT7 150-00700 T50IFT7 156-05320 T50RFT8 111-85880 T50RFT8 156-00044 T50RFT8 156-00200 T120IFT9 156-05301 T50RFT10 111-85810 T50RFT10
Black (BK) PA66HIR(S) PA66HIR(S)
48
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
T50SOSSBH5E
This cable tie offers three distinct benefits to the user. Firstly it offers the opportunity to retain insulation material. Secondly, it allows cables, pipes or hoses to be bundled. Thirdly it has a simple soft push mechanism which allows it to be installed onto a weld stud without the use of any tools. The unique head design allows the cable tie to firmly hold bundles as small as 1.6 mm diameter.
T50SOSSBH5E
The new head design offers additional fixing of soft materials.
Technical Table Article-No. 155-05701 Type T50SOSSBH5E Length (L) 165 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 4.6 35.0 225 Stud 5 Material PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Special Features 4, 5
T50SSBS50TE
Using the soft push technology, this inside serrated tie is mounted on the top of the stud. The additional height gained by this design gives a clear stand off from the panel. Ideal applications include mass transit industries, panel builders, and white goods manufacturers.
T50SSBS50TE
The T50SSBS50TE allows very precise routing of cable bundles.
Technical Table Article-No. 155-30602 Type T50SSBS50TE Length (L) 160 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 4.6 35.0 200 Stud 5 Material PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Special Features 4
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. * Since the bundled cables lie directly above or on the weld stud, care must be taken to ensure that the length of the weld stud does not exceed the height of the sheath. To avoid damage, we recommend a maximum weld stud length of 16.5 mm.
49
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
T50SOSSB5HEC T50SOSSB6-High-E
The special oval shape of the fixing on this stud mounted fixing tie provides a 5-6mm lateral adjustment to cater for any misalignment of the stud or incorrect positioning of the tie on the cables. The simple soft push mechanism allows for easier installation onto a weld stud without the use of any tools.
T50SOSSBS5E
Providing an especially strong fixing method, the design of this fixing tie offers the soft push mounting technology with the ability to mount the cables very close to the fixing stud. The outside serrations present a smooth surface to the cables preventing chafe and damage to the insulation, especially in mass transit applications.
This outside serrated cable tie with weld stud mounting keeps the cables close to the fixing stud.
T50SOSSB5HEC
T50SOSSB6HE
T50SOSSBS5E
T50SOSWSP5E
The unique shape of the head on this fixing tie provides a 5-6mm lateral adjustment to cater for any misalignment of the stud or incorrect positioning of the tie on the cables. The low profile of the fixing allows for several ties to be installed one on top of the other on the same stud, to accommodate different cable routings. This is both space saving and versatile.
T50SOSWSP5E, parallel installation using two fixing ties.
T50SOSWSP5E
Technical Table Article-No. 157-00037 155-46302 155-12300 133-00391 Type T50SOSSB5-High-E-C-CC T50SOSSB6HE T50SOSSBS5E T50SOSWSP5E-2 Length (L) 167 160 160 163 Width (W) 5,0 4.6 4.6 4.6 Bundle max. 35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 170 225 200 Stud 5 6 5 5 Material PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5
50
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Wide Strap Heavy Duty Stud Mount Cable Ties

Features and Benefits The wide strap stud mount cable tie minimizes pinching on soft bundles and features a low profile head to provide compact bundling. A thinner strap provides increased flexibility for improved ergonomics. Available with a 6mm and 9mm stud mount, the wide strap tie utilizes a strong hinge between the stud mount and head to provide superior holding ability on a threaded stud. Wide strap to minimize pinching of soft hoses and convoluted tubing Clamping rails to increase grip on round bundles Wide variation of bundle diameters: 9.5mm - 104.7mm Flexible strap Flexible hinge Mount provides low insertion and high extraction forces Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive- or truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where 6mm/9mm weld studs or 6mm/9mm ISO bolts are used and cables need to be bundled and secured.
Material Data
The wide strap stud mount cable tie minimizes pinching on soft bundles.
Material Data
Wide Strap Heavy Duty Stud Mount Cable Ties
Technical Table Length Article-No. Type (L) Wide Strap Ties with 6mm Stud Mount 157-00400 WSS250 157-00401 WSI250 157-00402 WSR250 157-00406 WSS380 157-00403 WSS380 157-00407 WSI380 157-00404 WSI380 157-00408 WSR380 157-00405 WSR380 246.38 322.58 398.78 246 246.38 322 322.58 398 398.78 Width Bundle (W) max. 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 57.1 82.55 104.78 57 57.15 82 82.55 104 104.78 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Wide Strap Ties with 9mm Stud Mount
51
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Cable Ties for Weld Studs

Features and Benefits This one piece cable tie and fixing offers a simple and easy to use method of bundling and fixing cables, pipes and hoses. The design of the stud fixing ensures simple mounting while giving a positive and secure fixing. A variety of designs gives the choice of a soft 'push fit' or 'hammer fit'. Both designs give excellent 'pull off' forces in relation to the application forces.
FBB one-piece fixing ties for weld studs, can be easily removed by unscrewing in an anti-clockwise direction.
Material Data
halogenfree
Material Data
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Width (W) Bundle max. Min. Tensile Strength (N) Material Colour
150-28100 FBB100 150-28140 FBB140 150-28180 FBB185
110 142 200
10 10 10
23 38 50
PA66 PA66 PA66
150-29100 FBB100M 150-29140 FBB140M 150-29180 FBB185M
110 145 200
10.0 10.0 10.0
23 38 50
PA66 PA66 PA66
151-01000 SBR5 131-60060 SBR5 131-60058 SBR8S
220 220 215
6.0 6.0 6.0
40 40 40
300 300 300
PA66 PA66HS PA46
Black (BK) Black (BK) Grey (GY)
52
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Dual Clamp Ties

Features and Benefits Dual clamp ties are designed to provide parallel separation between hoses, wires, cables and tubing, protecting them from abrasion. These ties have an optional mounting hole for securing bundles along the chassis of trucks, trailers, and heavy duty equipment. The unique, one-piece design features the dual head centered on the strap. Available in two lengths, the dual clamp ties accommodate bundles ranging from 6 mm to 58 mm. The flexible wide straps minimize pinching of hoses and convoluted tubing. The straps are also releasable. Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where 6mm/9mm weld studs or 6mm/9mm ISO bolts are used and cables need to be bundled and secured.
Dual clamp ties are designed to provide parallel separation between hoses, wires, cables and tubing, protecting them from abrasion.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified (PA66HIR) -40 C to +80 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 HB
Dual Clamp Ties
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 330 489 Width Bundle Min. Tensile (W) max. Strength (N) 12.7 12.7 33 58 670 670 Stud 6.35 6.35 Material PA66HIR PA66HIR Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2
115-00034 DCT9 115-00033 DCT11
53
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Standoff Mounting Dual Clamp Ties

Features and Benefits HellermannTytons standoff dual clamp tie offers the same features as the standard dual clamp tie with a standoff mount that secures the bundle away from the side of the frame rail, protecting the bundles from bolts and other protrusions. Wide strap minimizes pinching of soft hoses & convoluted tubing Clamping rails increase circumferential grip on varying bundle diameters Locking stud mount pawls allow for easy hand insertion Nut or weld nesting counter bore provides flush mounting at the base Socket counter bore for fastening a nut provides added retention Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/ truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where bundles need a standoff mounting position.
Standoff Mounting Dual Clamp Ties.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heat-/UV-stabilised (PA66HIRHSW) -40 C to +110 C UL94 HB
Standoff Mounting Dual Clamp Ties
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 511 Width Bundle Min. Tensile Strength (W) max. (N) 12.7 58.0 445 Stud 7.94 Material PA66HIRHSW Colour Black (BK) Special Features 2
117-00012 SDCTR312
54
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Cable Ties for Weld Studs

Features and Benefits These weld stud fixing ties are designed to be fitted onto 5mm studs or 5mm ISO threaded studs. The types T50RS5, RT50RS5 and SBS9/230 are designed to be applied by hand (Soft Push). Types SB14 and SB9 are designed to be hammered onto the stud (Hard Push). Both types give excellent 'pull-off' forces in relation to the application forces.
With the RT50RS5 and the SB14/172 you can mount pipes or cables to a weld stud.
Simple fixing to a weld stud or 5mm ISO bolt.
Material Data

Technical Table Article-No. Type
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) Black (BK) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Length Width Height Bundle Min. Tensile (L) (W) (H2) max. Strength (N) Material
Colour
111-07110 T50RS5 115-07110 RT50RS5
190 190
4.6 4.6
14.5 14.5
40 40
225 225
PA66 PA66
Black (BK) Black (BK)
150-10901 SBS9/230
230
5.0
10.0
60.0
245
PA66
Black (BK)
150-10900 SB9/230 150-10690 SB14/172 150-11400 SB14/230
230 172 230
5.0 5.0 5.0
10.0 15.5 15.5
60.0 40 60
245 245 245
PA66 PA66 PA66
55
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Cable Tie and Weld Stud Fixing Assemblies

Features and Benefits These two piece fixing ties consist of the cable tie from the 'inside' or 'outside serrated' series with the foot part for fixing to weld studs already mounted on the strap. They are easy to press onto a 5mm type weld stud (also suitable for M5 screws) without the need for separate application tools. Because the foot part slides along the cable tie, the head can be rotated into the best position both during fitting and also for installation. Series SBH5 and SBH5SD features a flat plate on the foot part which can simultaneously fix
an insulation mat. Series SB5 and SBS5 have a
cable guide on the weld stud. Series SB5 has an oval weld stud for equalisation of the cable loom if out of line with the main loom.
Cable ties illustrating the variety of application methods for weld stud fixing.

Suitable for bundling and fastening cables, pipes and hoses in a multitude of industries, for example: switch gear manufacture, automotive and machine manufacture.
Application
Series SBH5 and SBH5SD are used mainly in the automotive industry. The SD variant is for the smallest bundle diameters, from 1.0 mm.
Technical Table Material Article-No. Type Length (L) Width Bundle (W) max. Disc Min. Tensile Strength (N) Cable Tie Foot Part Application Tool Special Features
SBH5
SBH5SD
150-16941 T30RSBH5 150-16943 T50RSBH5 156-05905 T50ROSSBH5SD 150-16945 T80ISBH5
150 200 200 300
3.5 4.6 4.6 4.6
31 45 45 81
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
135 225 225 355
PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS
PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS
13, 5 15 15 15 4
150-21290 T30RSBS5 150-21299 T50ROSSBS5 150-21291 T50RSBS5 150-21293 T50SSBS5 150-21297 T80ISBS5
150 200 200 150 300
3.5 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
31 45 45 31 81
135 225 225 225 355
PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS
PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS
13, 5 15 15 15 15
150-10140 T30RSB5 150-10144 T50SSB5 150-10141 T50RSB5 150-10149 T50ROSSB5 156-00083 T50RSB5CSD 156-05906 T50ROSSB5CSD
150 150 200 200 200 200
3.5 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
31 31 45 45 45 45
135 225 225 225 225 225
PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS PA66HS
POM POM POM POM PA66HS PA66HS
13, 5 15 15 15 15 15 4 4
56
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Double Mounting Base For Weld-Studs

Features and Benefits These are three part fixing ties, with a stud fix mounting base and two cable ties. The mounting base can be fitted to the weld stud prior to installing the cables, the cables are simply laid alongside the base and the cable ties then pulled tight. Having two separate 'cradles' allows for the installation of the two cable runs at different times. The design of the stud retainer means excessive force is not required for installation it is simply a 'soft push' action by hand. Having separate ties to the fixing means that the head of the tie can be easily rotated to ensure the easiest possible assembly.
Parallel fixation of two cables.
Application Many applications require cables to be run parallel to each other but separated to avoid abrasion, the double mounting base, when used with two cable ties allow this to be achieved simply and quickly. Widely used for securing pipes and cables in the automotive and truck building industries, the mounting base is simply pushed onto a 5mm diameter weld stud or bolt.
T50SDSBS5, T50ROSDSBS5
Material Data
Material Data
Cable Tie Operating Temperature Flammability
Foot Part Operating Temperature Flammability
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 150 200 Width (W) 4.6 4.6 Bundle max. 31.0 45 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 225 225 Stud 5.0 5.0 Material Cable Tie Foot Part PA66HS PA66HS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Application Tool 15 15
150-56193 T50SDSBS5 150-56199 T50ROSDSBS5
57
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
T50SVC5
This simple to use inside serrated tie provides the opportunity to attach an additional 5mm diameter cable, pipe or hose to an existing bundle. Offering the facility of a full 360 degrees of rotation, the second bundle can be orientated in any direction in relation to the main harness. Ideally suited for any application where the cable, pipe or hose can move in relation to the fixing point.
T50SVC5 rotates in any direction.
T50SVC65
Application in automotive industries.
T50SVC5
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. 155-31202 156-00318 156-00155 Type T50SVC5 T50SVC4 T50SVC65 Length (L) 155 155 155 Width (W) 4.7 4,7 4,7 Bundle max. 35.0 35 35 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 225 225 225 Attach to 4.5 - 5.2 mm 3,8 - 4,2 mm 6,5 - 8,0 mm Material PA66HS PA66HS, PP PA66HS, PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 4 4 4
58
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Omega Clips
Features and Benefits OmegaClips were designed as a product solution in response to a recurring problem: how to add cables to preassembled cable looms post-installation. What was a difficult challenge has been made less complex thanks to OmegaClips, and much easier to achieve. Clips with a variety of twist angles and even different loop directions for the tie provide the requisite flexibility for cable routing in virtually any application. Additional cable tie dimensions are available for the OC1 and 2A. Two loop directions are available for selection. In the case of the
CBTO series, cable ties up to 5 mm in diameter can be used.
Other types of cable tie are available. We would be delighted to advise you accordingly.
T50ROCCBTOSD-SET can turn through 90 and has been deigned for the subsequent addition of cables post-installation.
Material Data
Material Data
Material
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle max. Colour Material Special Features Drawing
156-00036 T50ROC1A
10.0
Black (BK)
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
156-00013 T30ROC2
7.5
Black (BK)
PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
156-00014 T30ROC2 156-00128 T50SMVCOC1014** 156-00129 T50SMVCOC1518** 156-00130 T50SMVCOC19245** 156-00416 T50ROC10-14CBTO-SD-SET* 156-00419 T50ROC15-18CBTO-SD-SET* 156-00422 T50ROC19-24.5CBTO-SD-SET*
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. * 90 rotatable, ** 360 rotatable
7.5 14.0 18.0 24.5 14.0 18.0 24.5
Grey (GY) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
PA46 MC5 MC5 MC5 PA66HS, PA66HIRHS PA66HS, PA66HIRHS PA66HS, PA66HIRHS
1 4 4 4 4 4 4
59
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Brake cable fixing

Features and Benefits These cable ties, which are particularly easy to fit, click onto an existing cable, a hose or a tube measuring 4.5 to 5.2 mm in diameter. Accordingly, further cable bundles measuring up to 35 mm in diameter can be added postinstallation at any point along the run.
L
Brake cable fixing
Brake cable fixing
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. 148-00100 148-00101 Type Bracket brake line Bracket brake line Length (L) 154 154 Width (W) 3.6 3.6 Bundle Min. Tensile Strength max. (N) 35 35 133 133 Attach to 5.1 5,1 Material PA66HS PA46 Colour Natural (NA) Grey (GY) 1 Special Features
Cable set clip

Features and Benefits In this application, a clip is used for fastening instead of a cable tie. Users benefit as they can feel the clip snap into place and only need to use one hand for mounting. The clip is able to accommodate cable bundles measuring up to 8 mm in diameter. As the clip can be mounted very easily simply by clicking onto the tube or cable, adding cables to existing cable looms post-installation is no problem at all.
Cable set clip Cable set clip
Material Data
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified (PA66HIR) -40 C to +80 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 HB (excluding adhesive)
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) Grey (GY) -40 C to +150 C for 5000 h, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
Technical Table Article-No. 151-14200 151-14202 Type Cable Clip Bracket KBLS Bundle max. 6.0 6.0 Attach to 5.1 5.1 Material PA66HIR PA46 Colour Natural (NA) Grey (GY) 1 Special Features
60
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
Cable Ties and Edge Clips

Features and Benefits Available with either 'inside' or 'outside' serrated ties these two piece assemblies simply push onto metal or plastic 'edges' with thicknesses from 1.0 to 3.0mm and from 3.0 to 6.0mm. The high 'pull off' forces are due to the integrated metal clamp. Different Edge Clip variations are available. One version allows for cables to run parallel to the metal/plastic edge, whilst another allows for installation at 90 degrees to the metal edge. The clip is simply pushed on by hand and held firmly in place by the integrated metal clamp. No fixing hole is necessary. Combined with the outside serrated (OS) ties, specially designed to protect cables from chafing and wear, the Edge Clip family provides an excellent fastening solution. Application These cable ties and Edge Clip assemblies are ideal for use where holes are not acceptable or where due to temperature problems adhesives will fail. These assemblies are widely used for fixing and bundling cables, pipes and hoses within the automotive industry, harness making, panel buidling and electrical industry. Material features of the edge clip clamp The silver-grey clamp, the heart of our EdgeClips, consists of double-tempered spring steel in accordance with DIN EN 10132-4 C75S. The spring steel gives the clamp both the necessary rigidity to provide high pull-off forces and also sufficient flexibility for various possible applications. The double coating is applied initially with a zinc plate system followed by inorganic surface sealing. Naturally, no chromium (VI) is used in this process. The clamp therefore complies with the current EU Directive 200/53/EC on end of life vehicles and the prohibition on heavy metals. The refined spring-steel clamp also fulfils the requirements for resistance to salt spray stipulated in DIN 50021-SS (min. 720 h without corrosion of base metal). This solution has therefore been approved by many OEMs for exposed installation locations, e.g. in engine compartments and the running-gear area.
T50ROSEC10 fitted onto a plastic panel to hold a door harness.
EdgeClip TC the cable runs sideways to the edge.
EC6 mod the cable bundle runs across the edge.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) Black (BK) -40 C to +105 C UL94 V2
61
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Cable Ties and Edge Clips for Panel Thickness 1.0 to 3.0 mm
With mounting ties from the EdgeClip family, the bundled cables can be located either above or to the side of an edge. In all two-piece mounting ties, the edge clip moves freely along the tie. This allows the clip to be rotated with respect to the tie closure, both during mounting and for installation in the ideal position. For metal gauges of up to 3.0 mm, the two-part ties are supplemented by the two isolators T50SOSEC12E and T50SOSEC13E. These isolators, and also the models EC0, EC10, EC21 and EC22, are designed for minimum bundle diameters of 1.0 mm, e.g. for wires.
Technical Table Material Length Width Bundle Article-No. Type (L) (W) max. two piece, panel thickness 1.0 - 3.0 mm 150-76090 T30REC4A 150 3.5 33.0 Min. Tensile Strength (N) Cable Tie Foot Part Application Tool Drawing Special Features
135
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
13, 5
150-76099
T50ROSEC4A
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
150-76080
T30REC4B
150
3.5
33.0
135
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
13, 5
150-76079
T50ROSEC4B
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
150-40591
T50ROSEC5A
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
150-40581
T50ROSEC5B
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-05903
T50ROSEC9
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-05904
T50ROSEC10
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-00010
T50ROSEC21
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-00011
T50ROSEC22
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
!
62
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
The single-piece mounting ties in the EdgeClip family are designed for extremely small bundle diameters of 1.0 mm and above. Thanks to its structure, the position of the head of the tie is always clearly defined, even when installed. The base section and the tie are permanently connected together. The outside-serrated design of the tie reduces the risk of chafing. The T40XEC is perfectly suitable for use in extremely restricted spaces.
Technical Table Material Length Width Bundle Min. Tensile Article-No. Type (L) (W) max. Strength (N) one piece, panel thickness 1.0 - 3.0 mm Cable Tie Foot Part Application Tool Drawing Special Features
148-00200
T50SOSEC12E
160
4.6
35
180
PA66HS
PA66HS
15
4, 5
126-00000
T50SOSEC13E
160
4.6
35
180
PA66HS
PA66HS
15
4, 5
126-00036
T50SOSEC34E
155
4,6
35
180
PA66HS
PA66HS
1-5
4, 5
133-00059
T40XEC5SP-E
103
4.0
15
178
PA66HS
PA66HS
1-5
EdgeClips are also available on request for panel thickness from 4 - 7mm.
63
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
The Edge Clips are produced as two part mounting clips for metal or plastic edge mounting of 3.0 to 6.0mm. The 'loose' tie means the head can be rotated during fitting for installation in the best position with respect to the tie closure. Combined with our outside-serrated (OS) ties, they reduce the risk of chafe and cable damage by offering a smooth surface to the cable insulation and are suitable for minimum bundle diameters of 1.0mm.
Technical Table Material Length Width Bundle Min. Tensile Article-No. Type (L) (W) max. Strength (N) two piece, panel thickness 3.0 - 6.0 mm Cable Tie Foot Part Application Tool Drawing Special Features
156-04602
T50ROSEC19
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-00020
T50ROSEC20
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-00006
T50ROSEC23
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
156-00007
T50ROSEC24
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
15
For more information please turn to chapter Application Tools page 96.
64
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
EdgeClip connector clips for edges 1.0 to 3.0 mm thick

The connectors are mounted simply by pushing them onto or into the corresponding clip. The connector can be removed without damage, a practical and cost-effective benefit in the case of maintenance or repair work. Once fastened to an edge, the EdgeClip will ensure a snug fit for virtually all popular types of connector.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max. Material Drawing
151-00464
EC6mod
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00429
EC42
1.5
4.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00430
EC43
1.5
4.0
PA66HIRHS
133-00075
Edge-Clip25
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00460
EC45
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00472
EC JAE CC
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00151
EC28
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00192
EC33
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
151-00173
EC32
1.0
3.0
PA66HIRHS
65
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
Cable Fixing Accessories EdgeClip

Features and Benefits EdgeClip mounting solutions stand out for the ease with which they are fitted. The element is installed by pressing by hand onto an edge. With EdgeClip 7, cables and leads can be located by simply laying them into the holder. EdgeClips 14 to 17 can be fastened to the cable bundle by integrating the bar using a cable tie or adhesive tape. The slotted and flexible bars are an ideal fit for the bundle. Application Edge Clips are used in the automotive industries and electrical industries and when it is impossible to drill holes or no other fixing points are available.
Cables and leads can be fastened with a cable tie or adhesive tape to the bars of the mounting element.
Material Data
Material Colour Operating Temperature

EC15
Flammability
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Length (L2) Width (W) Height (H) Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max. Drawing
151-03404 EC14
40.0
10.0
12.4
1.0
3.0
151-03401 EC15
40.0
10.0
12.4
1.0
3.0
151-03402 EC16
40.0
10.0
13.0
1.0
3.0
151-03403 EC17
40.0
10.0
13.0
1.0
3.0
151-00022 EC30
50,0
65.0
9,0
13.5
1,0
3,0
151-00152 EC31
60,0
42.0
9,0
14.0
1,0
3,0
66
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
EdgeClip twistable fixing ties

Features and Benefits These EdgeClips are also mounted simply by pushing them onto an edge. A twistable EdgeClip is the ideal solution whenever flexible routing of cable bundles is required. The cable route can even be modified postinstallation. The clips are available in 90 and 360 models for use with different types of cable tie. On the CBT30MR the bundle runs at the side of the clip, on the CBTO50R it runs over the centre of the clip.
T50ROCCBTOSD-SET can turn through 90 and has been designed for the subsequent addition of cables post-installation.
Material Data

EdgeClip CBT30MR can turn through 360
halogenfree
Material Data

EdgeClip CBTO-50R can turn through 90
Polyacetal (POM) -40 C to +90 C continuous, (+110 C for 500 h) UL94 HB
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 160 Width (W) 3.5 Bundle max. 32.0 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 135 Material Cable Tie Foot Part PA66HS POM Application Tool 13, 5
156-00049 CBT30MR
156-01601 CBTO50R
202
4.6
47.0
225
PA66HS
PA66HIRHS
13, 5
67
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
EdgeClip cable and tube clips

Features and Benefits This product range is suitable for the lowvibration routing of cables and tubes with larger bundle diameters. The clips are fastened simply by pushing them onto an edge. Since they can be fixed in place with just one hand, they are very user-friendly. Users can be reassured that the clip is firmly in place when they feel it snap into place. The EC27 can accommodate additional cable bundles during an upstream or downstream mounting process. The integrated spring is also able to secure smaller cable diameters. The EC41 allows two cable looms to run in parallel on one edge, whilst the EC39 can accommodate tubes with a diameter of 15.6 mm. All clips are suitable for the subsequent mounting of additional cables.
EdgeClip cable and tube clips are suitable for the low-vibration routing of cables and tubes with larger bundle diameters.
Material Data
Material Data
Technical Table Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max. Bundle max.
Article-No.
Type
Colour
Material
Drawing
151-00161 EC27
1.0
3.0
15-22
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00174 EC39
1.0
3.0
15.6
Black (BK)
PA6HIR
151-00234 EC41
3.5
5.0
2x8
Black (BK)
PA6HIR
68
F i x i n g Ti e s
1.3
EdgeClip bundling and fixing tie without metal clamp

Features and Benefits This EdgeClip is very easy to mount. The holding tab snaps into the drill hole very securely. You will hear and feel the connection being made during mounting. Cable ties from a variety of product series and varying in terms of their dimensions and materials can be used in conjunction with this fixing element. Application Ideal for use on 2.5 mm edges, the tie's reduced installation height makes it ideal for use wherever space is at a premium.
The holding tab increasese the tensile strength additionaly.
Material Data

Position of the drill hole for the holding tab
Material Data
Technical Table Material Article-No. Type Length Width Bundle (L) (W) max. Min. Tensile Strength (N) Cable Tie Foot Part Application Tool Drawing
150-45299 T50ROS-EC2,5
200
4.6
45.0
225
PA66HS PA66HIRHS
15
150-45292 T50REC2.5B
202
4.6
40.0
225
PA66HS PA66HIRHS
110
69
1.3
F i x i n g Ti e s
New Automation of fixing applications!

It is now possible to fit fixings (sometimes known as foot parts) in conjunction with automatic cable tying. This is best suited to applications where either high volume manufacture or flexible production methods are needed.
Fixing Clip ATS EC36
The footpart is placed,
Fixing Clip ATS EC35
Automatic tool.
!
70
and the harness is completely bundled including the footpart.
Fixing Elements
1.4
Dual Swivel Saddle Spacer DSWS4

Features and Benefits These saddle spacers are installed between two bundles (such as wires, cables, hoses, tubing, conduit, etc.) to separate them and prevent chafing and wear. The mounts can be easily rotated by hand, allowing the bundles to be crossed and rotated at any angle. Cable ties, which secure the bundles, are used with the mounts. The dual swivel saddle spacers accommodate cable ties up to 12.7 mm wide. The H profile of the saddles allows for broad surface contact with the bundle, minimizing pinching and crushing of the bundle. The mounts are designed to accommodate a wide range of bundle diameters. The DSWS4 Dual Swivel Saddle Spacer seperates the two bundles by 23.6 mm whilst the DSWS4 provides a 17.8 mm separation between bundles. This product is designed for use with HellermannTyton's T50 - T250 Series cable ties. Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where bundles need separation from each other combined with the necessary functionality to support moving harnesses.
DSWS4, DSWS5.
Material Data
Polyacetal (POM) -40 C to +85 C UL94 HB
Material Data
swivels
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 23.6 Width (W) 20.3 Height Bundle Bundle (H) min. max. 18 6.0 76.0 Material PA66HS, POM Colour Black (BK) Special Features 2
151-06500 DSWS4
71
1.4
Fixing Elements
Dual Swivel Saddle Mounts DSWS5

Features and Benefits These saddle spacers are installed between two bundles (such as wires, cables, hoses, tubing, conduit, etc.) to separate them and prevent chafing and wear. The spacers can be easily rotated by hand, allowing the bundles to be crossed and rotated at any angle. Cable ties, which secure the bundles, are used with the spacers. The DSWS5 accepts bundle diameters ranging from 16mm to 152mm and provides a 23.6 mm separation between bundles. The dual swivel saddle spacers accommodate cable ties up to 12.7mm wide. Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/ truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where bundles need separation from each other.
Material Data
The spacers can be easily rotated by hand, allowing the bundles to be crossed and rotated at any angle.
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) -40 C to +105 C continuous UL94 V2
swivels
DSWS5
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 40.6 Width (W) 25.4 Height Bundle Bundle Min. Extraction Force (H) min. max. (N) 23.6 16.0 152 1112 Material PA66HS Colour Black (BK) Special Features 2
151-06502 DSWS5
72
Fixing Elements
1.4
Heavy Duty Mounts

Features and Benefits The heavy-duty mount, when used with a cable tie, eliminates the need to carry multiple sizes of fixed bundle diameter clamps, which reduces inventory and purchasing costs while simplifying the assembly process. The mount and cable tie combination makes it easy to service bundles in the field. Simply remove the cable tie, leave the mount in place, and replace the cable tie. They contain a small tab inside the mounting hole to temporarily engage the threads, which allows assemblers to pre-install the mount on a stud before securing with a washer and a nut. The arched H profile of the saddle surface allows for a broad surface contact with the bundle, minimizing pinching and crushing of the bundles, and adjusts to a wide variety of bundle diameters. The heavy-duty mounts are designed for use with HellermannTytons heavy duty T250, T255 and wide strap cable ties to harness wires and hoses. Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where bundles need mounting.
Material Data
U.S. Patent Number 5,820,083
Standard Torque Mounts

Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 36.32 36.32 36.32 Width (W) 19.3 19.3 19.3 Height Fixing Hole Strap Width (H) (FH) max. (G) 16.7 16.7 16.7 4.7 6.3 7.8 12.7 12.7 12.7 Material PA66HIR PA66HIR PA66HIR Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2 2
151-00134 HDM19 151-00437 HDM25 151-00439 HDM312
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Standard Torque Mounts
Medium Torque Mounts

Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 46 46 46 Width Fixing Hole Strap Width (W) (FH) max. (G) 24.0 24.0 24.0 8.0 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 Material PA66HIR PA66HIR PA66HIR Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2 2
Medium Torque Mounts
151-00441 HDM321 151-00442 HDM401 151-00443 HDM501
73
1.4
Fixing Elements
High Torque Mounts

Features and Benefits This mount is designed for use with powerassisted impact wrenches and is moulded with a metal bushing to withstand the forces required to tighten high torque bolts. The high torque double mount secures the bundle directly over the mounting fastener. The cable ties are held in place during assembly with friction tabs inside the cable tie slots. The mount and cable tie combination makes it easy to service bundles in the field. Simply remove the cable tie, leave the mount in place, and replace the cable tie. The arched H profile of the saddle surface allows for a broad surface contact with the bundle, minimizing pinching and crushing of the bundles, and accommodates a wide variety of bundle diameters. Application Primarily designed for use in the automotive/truck industry, these parts can be used in a wide variety of industries and applications where bundles need mounting.
Material Data
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 47 47 47 Width Fixing Hole Strap Width (W) (FH) max. (G) 25.0 25.0 25.0 8.0 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Features 2 2 2
High Torque Mounts
151-00444 HDM320 151-00445 HDM400 151-00446 HDM500
High Torque Double Mount
High Torque Double Mounts
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 87 Width (W) 34.5 Fixing Hole (FH) 9.5 Strap Width max. (G) 12.7 Material PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Special Features 2
151-00456 HDM375BDM
74
Fixing Elements
1.4
Two Way Saddle Mounts

Features and Benefits This saddle mount is installed between two bundles (such as wires, cables, hoses, tubing, conduit, etc.) to separate them and prevent chafing and wear. Fastened to a frame rail or mounting bracket, the H profile on the saddle mount provides a tight circumferential loop on large and small bundles. The two-way saddle mount accommodates HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 12.7mm (T50-T250). The S2HM25 incorporates a hexagonal retention feature that captures a bolt or nut. This will require tool access from back side of the panel only. With the S2CM25 a socket counter bore allows securing with a socket wrench from the topside for use with a weld stud or bolt. Application With its heavy duty fixing ability this product offers excellent performance for the truck, ship and construction vehicle industries.
This saddle mount is installed between two bundles to separate them and prevent chafing and wear.
Material Data

S2CM25
S2HM25
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 45 45 Width (W) 30.0 30.0 Height (H) 23 23 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.0 6.0 Bundle max. (each side) 151-29403 S2HM25 151-29400 S2CM25 89.0 89.0 PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Black (BK) Grey (GY) 2 2 Material Colour Special Features
75
1.4
Fixing Elements
Saddle Mount For The Button Head Tie

Features and Benefits This saddle mount is designed for the use with HellermannTytons button head ties. The saddle mount stands off bundles from frame rails, providing clearance from bolts and other protrusions for protection against abrasion. This mount also allows the flowthrough of salt, dirt and other impurities from the road, preventing unwanted buildup on hoses and harnesses. The tie is snapped into the mount which allows the strap and tie assembly to be preinstalled on the frame rail or panel. The mount can secure three separate bundles, providing parallel spacing between the frame rail and adjacent bundles. The saddle mount is manufactured with a pilot bushing which prevents the cable tie from chafing against the burr edge of the mounting hole. Application With its heavy duty fixing ability this product offers excellent performance for the truck, ship and construction vehicle industries.
This saddle mount is designed for the use with HellermannTytons button head ties.
Saddle Mount.
This saddle mount is designed for the use with HellermannTytons button head ties.
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heatstabilised (PA66HIRHS) -40 C to +105 C continuous UL94 HB
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 48.3 Width (W) 16.5 Height (H) 20.6 Height (H2) 22.2 Fixing Hole (FH) min. 151-29301 MSBT120 11.2
Panel Thickness min. 4.1
Bundle max. (side) (center) 25.4 152.4
Material PA66HIRHS
Colour Black (BK)
Special Features 2
max. 20.8
76
Fixing Elements
1.4
Fir Tree Saddle Mounts

Features and Benefits The saddle mounts act as a standoff, elevating bundles above bolt protrusions commonly found in frame rails and panels. The incorporated Fir tree anchor will be pushed into a punched hole of the panel and secures a stable and safe fixation. A tension tab on the mount allows able ties to be pre-assembled in a ready position prior to bundles being brought to the mount. The mount can secure up to 4 separate bundles, providing parallel spacing between the frame rail and adjacent bundles. The fir tree saddle mount accommodates HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 12.7mm (T50-T250). Application With its heavy duty fixing ability this product offers excellent performance for the truck, ship and construction vehicle industries.
The mount can secure up to 4 separate bundles, providing parallel spacing between the frame rail and adjacent bundles.
Fir Tree Saddle Mounts
Material Data
Technical Table Length (L) 50 Width (W) 22 Height Height (H) (H2) 35 55 Fixing Hole (FH) 12.7 Panel Thickness min. 1.9 Panel Thickness max. 13.0 Bundle max. 127.0 Special Features 2
Article-No.
Type
Material PA66HIRHS
Colour Black (BK)
151-29500 S3STM50
77
1.4
Fixing Elements
Axial Oval Mounts

Features and Benefits HellermannTytons axial oval mounts stand off bundles from frame rails and cross members to prevent them from rubbing and chafing. The bundle will be orientated 90 degrees to the bolt. The axial oval mount accommodates HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 12.7mm (T50-T250). Application With its heavy duty fixing ability this product offers excellent performance for the truck, ship and construction vehicle industries.
Axial oval mounts stand off bundles from frame rails and cross members to prevent them from rubbing and chafing.
Material Data
SAOM82
SAM83
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 34 34 Width (W) 26 26 Height (H) 35 35 Stud 8 8 Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Grey (GY) Special Features 2 2
151-29701 SAOM82 151-29600 SAM83
78
Fixing Elements
1.4
Cable Guide Standoff

Features and Benefits This cable guide standoff is designed for the use with HellermannTytons button head ties. The cable guide standoff stands off bundles from frame rails, providing clearance from bolts and other protrusions for protection against abrasion. This mount also allows the flow-through of salt, dirt and other impurities from the road, preventing unwanted buildup on hoses and harnesses. This product perfectly secures convoluted tubings up to 26mm in diameter. Application With its heavy duty fixing ability this product offers excellent performance for the truck, ship and construction vehicle industries.
This product perfectly secures convoluted tubings up to 26mm in diameter.
Material Data
This product for use with the Button Head Ties, please see page 35.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 56.6 Width (W) 25.4 Height Bundle (H) max. 30.5 26.0 Material PA66HIRHSW Colour Black (BK) Special Features 2
151-00006 CGS1
79
1.4
Fixing Elements
BundlingClips CHA-Series
Features and Benefits There are various types of TapeClip available for winding cables and cable looms. The cables to be wound are easily fixed to the winder bar with cable ties or adhesive tape. The really special thing about the CHA series is its horizontal length tolerance compensation. This is of benefit if holes cannot be drilled to fit perfectly or the cable bundle has to be routed around corners. The use of the TCSFT6.5S-CHA-MD with seal is recommended if drill holes need to be protected against water ingress. Bases in a variety of shapes and sizes are available for all manner of metal thicknesses and drill hole diameters tailored to meet precise application requirements. Application An easy means of routing and securing cable sets in various parts of cars.
The CHA2 with fir tree base and length tolerance compensation for precision cable routing even in difficult conditions.
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
halogenfree
Technical Table Panel Panel Fixing Length Width Hole Thickness Thickness max. min. (FH) (L) (W) 54.0 6.0 6.3-7.0 0.5 1.2 Special Material Features PA66HS
Article-No. 150-08110 CHA1
Type
Colour Black (BK)
Drawing
150-50197 CHA 1.5
54.0
6.0
6.3-7.0
0.5
1.2
Green (GN)
PA66
151-00153 TCSFT6.5SCHAMD
54.0
6.0
6.5-6.7
1.8
0,6
Black (BK)
PA66HS
151-02901 CHA2
54.0
6.0
6.5-7.0
0.8
2.0
Black (BK)
PA66
80
Fixing Elements
1.4
BundlingClip with fir tree

Features and Benefits BundlingClips with fir tree bases are easy to mount in drill holes and are able to withstand high extraction forces. The cable bundle is fastened to the winder bar easily with cable ties or adhesive tape. Holding tabs prevent the tie slipping sideways on the cable bundle. A special feature of the CHDP66 BundlingClip is its vertical winder bar, which enables two cables or cable bundles to be routed in parallel. BundlingClips with oval fir tree bases feature anti-twist protection. Application Widespread use in cable harness production; a quick and easy means of fixing cables and lines securely in various parts of cars.
BundlingClips with fir tree bases for a variety of applications with a wide range of metal thicknesses and drill holes.
Material Data
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Length Fixing Hole (L) (FH) 55.0 37.0 37.0 37.0 37.0 40.0 40.0 6.3-7.0 6.3-7.0 6.3-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 6.6 6.35 Panel Thickness min. 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.8 Panel Thickness max. 5.1 5.1 5.1 1.5 1.5 4.5 4.5
Article-No.
Type
Colour Black (BK) Black (BK)
Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS
Drawing
155-30802 TC2FT6LG 151-00215 TC4FT6LG 151-00467 TC4FT6LG-A 151-00028 TC3FT6S 150-95500 TC5FT6S 150-07010 CHDP66 155-39002 TCDSFT6-HEX
Natural (NA) PA66HIRHS Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66 PA66HIRHS
155-16301 WICKELCLIP-VDS*
40.0
6.3x9.0
0.6
2.5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00605 TCOP62x122* 151-00029 TCOP70x120*
55.0 55.0
6.2x12.2 7.0x12.0
0.6 0.6
6.0 6.0
Black (BK) Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. * for oval hole
81
1.4
Fixing Elements
StandOff Clip with fir tree

Features and Benefits On these StandOff Clips, the winder bar and the clamping element are separated by a plate. Cable bundles and cables are routed at a set distance from the punched holes. Clips with fir tree bases offer the advantage of very high holding forces/extraction forces, enabling the cable bundle to be fixed to the holding plate very securely. Thanks to their special shape and size, fir tree bases can be used with an incredibly wide range of sheet thicknesses. The winder bar on the COW series features an integrated cable tape mount. This means that cable bundles can be attached quickly and easily with a cable tie.
Material Data
Cable bundles and cables are routed at a set distance from the punched holes. Cow-Clip combined with cable tie for rapid fastening.
halogenfree
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Length Length (L) (L2) 50 20 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.5 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness max. min. 0.8 1.6
Article-No.
Type
Colour Black (BK)
Material PA66HS
Drawing
151-00077 CH20D6
151-02600 CH20D7
50
20
7.0
0.8
1.6
Black (BK)
PA66
151-03100 COW20DP7
42
20
6.3-7.0
0.8
4.5
Brown (BN)
PA66HS
151-03200 COW30DP7
42
30
6.3-7.0
0.8
4.5
Black (BK)
PA66
82
Fixing Elements
1.4
BundlingClip with/without arrowhead

Features and Benefits These clips comprise winder bars with arrowhead mounts. The arrowhead is easy to mount in the drill hole. High holding forces make the connection secure. The SFT6, 5-D16-3 TapeClip with seal is the ideal solution for drill holes which need to be protected against the ingress of moisture. TapeClips with OmegaClips offer the additional advantage of being able to accommodate the addition of individual cables by means of retrofitting post-installation; these cables can then run in parallel. This maximises operational efficiency for example where special equipment configurations in the automotive industry involving cable installations are concerned.
Material Data
L to R: TapeClip with OmegaClip, TapeClip with seal, LRJ1 TapeClip.
Material Data
Polyamide 6 (PA6) -40 C to +85 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 V2

halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length Fixing Hole Panel Thickn. Panel Thickn. (L) (FH) min. max. Colour Material Special Features Drawing
151-00431 SFT65D163
55
6.3-6.7
2.3
3.5
Black (BK) PA66HIRHS
155-11601 ANWICKELTEIL
55
6.3-6.7
1.5
3.0
151-08101 LRJ1
55.0
6.2-6.7
0.7
2.0
Black (BK)
PA6
133-00067 Halter SFT6.5
60
6.3-6.7
0.6
1.5
151-00447 OCTC1
60
83
1.4
Fixing Elements
StandOff Clip with arrowhead

Features and Benefits StandOff Clips with arrowhead mounts take very little effort to fit. Just a light push and the mount will click into place securely behind the fastening plate. As the plate, the winder bar and the clamping element are entirely separate elements, cable looms can be routed at a set distance from the punched holes. Tabs on the side of the winder bar ensure that the cable bundle remains in the correct position during winding.
StandOff Clips allow cable looms to be routed at a set distance from the punched holes.
Material Data
Material Data
Technical Table Length Length (L) (L2) 40 40 40 31 31 25 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.5-6.8 6.5-6.8 6.5-6.8 Panel Thickness min. 0.4 0.4 0.4 Panel Thickness max. 1.6 1.6 1.6 Special Features
Article-No.
Type
Colour Black (BK) Grey (GY) Black (BK)
Material PA66HIRHS PA46 PA66HIRHS
Drawing
STAND OFF 150-45397 CLIP 150-45398 155-01600 STAND OFF CLIP STAND-OFFCLIP-2
84
Fixing Elements
1.4
StandOff Clip with fir tree

Features and Benefits The wide and varied options for routing the cable set are what set this product range apart. The separate winding bars at either end of the clip are very flexible, thereby providing a perfect match for the cable bundle. The spacer ensures that cable looms are guided safely at a set distance from edges or drill holes. The fastening is made using the fir tree base and facilitates use on metals of varying thicknesses. The high holding forces ensure that the cable bundle is fastened securely.
StandOff Clip SOC4 with fir trree FT6.
Material Data
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Fixing Hole Panel Thickness Panel Thickness (FH) min. max. Colour Material Drawing
155-30902 SOC4 M.FT6
55
6.5-7.0
0.7
5.1
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00074 SOC5FT6LG
55
6.5-7.0
0.7
5.1
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00023 SOC6
55
6.3-7.0
0.8
3.5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
85
1.4
Fixing Elements
BundlingClip with weld stud clip

Features and Benefits TapeClips with a variety of types of clip have been designed for winding cables and cable looms. The cables to be wound are easily fixed to the winder bar with cable ties or adhesive tape. This is followed by simple mounting on a weld stud. Unlike a round clip, the weld stud benefits from length tolerance compensation of up to 4 mm. Other applications include the connection of connector clips or OmegaClips, both of which support the subsequent addition and parallel running of individual cables post-installation.
TCSB5CYCC: Winder bar, weld stud and connector clip combined to create a complex and incredibly useful unit.
Material Data
Material Data
Polyacetal (POM) -40 C to +90 C continuous, (+110 C for 500 h) UL94 HB
Material Data
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Stud Colour Material Drawing
155-23701 WICKELCLIP-SB5
60
Black (BK)
POM
151-00484 TCSB5CYCC
55
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-26101 TC-SB5C
55
Black (BK)
PA66HS
86
Fixing Elements
1.4
BundlingClip with weld stud support, BC series

Features and Benefits BundlingClips with weld stud support have been designed to provide a simple means of banding cables and cable looms. They are the ideal solution if manufacturing tolerances during processing cannot be excluded. The clips are also particularly suitable for cables of reduced weight and diameter. The cable set is wound on a weld stud. The cables are fixed to the winder bar using cable ties or adhesive tape (this process can even be automated using the AT2000 and ATS3080). In terms of its size and shape the BundlingClip BC has been designed to provide the optimum solution for cable bundles. Application The BC series is proving very popular in the automotive industry as a means of installing cable sets easily in various areas of the vehicle.
The slim line BS series is particularly compact and flexible.
Material Data
Material Data
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Width (W) Stud Colour Material Drawing
151-00017 BC2212
55
34.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIR
151-00016 BC30
55
42.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
87
1.4
Fixing Elements
BundlingClip with Connector Clip

Features and Benefits The cable bundle is fastened to the winder bar with cable ties or adhesive tape. It is routed above the connector clip. The two TapeClip elements are used to clip connectors onto the cable set. The connector is fixed securely to the set and is protected against soiling. None of the elements are direction-specific. Application The connector clips used here have been designed for electronic cables and cable sets used in the automotive industry.
The connector clips used here have been designed for cables and cable sets used in the automotive industry.
Material Data
halogenfree
Material Data
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) Colour Material Drawing
150-41397 CONNECTOR CLIP
55
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-31102 YAZ-CONN-TAPE-CLIP
55
Black (BK)
PA66HS
88
Fixing Elements
1.4
ConnectorClips for Round Hole

The connectors are mounted simply by pushing them onto the corresponding clip. The connector can be removed without damage, a practical and cost-efficient benefit in the case of maintenance, repair work and an later recycling. The additional turnstop on some of the ConnectorClips prevents the rotation of the clip within the hole after assembly.
Technical Table Fixing Hole (FH) Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max.
Article-No.
Type
Colour
Material
Drawing
155-38102 YCC-FT6-S
6.5-7.0
0,8
1,5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00606 YCCFT6S-2
6.5-7.0
0,8
1,5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-32602 FT6LG.M.ST.AUFN.II
6.5-7.0
0,8
5,0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-03800 FT6 LG-AMP
6.5-7.0
0,7
6,0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-18901 FT6LG.M.STECKERAUFN.
6.4-7.1
0,8
6,0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-43702 FT6S-Y-CONN-TS
6.5-7.0
0.8
1.5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-30702 FT6LG.YAZ.CONNECT-TS
6.4-7.1
0,7
5,1
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00235 Big YCC TS
6.4-7.1
0,7
5,1
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00459 FT6LG.JAE.CONNECT.TS
6.5-7.0
0,7
5,1
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-36002 STECKERHALTER SITZ
6.5-7.0
0,6
3,0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
150-54498 BIG CONNECTOR CLIP
6.5
0,7
2.7
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
89
1.4
Fixing Elements
ConnectorClips for Oval Hole

The connectors for oval holes are mounted as well simply by pushing them onto the corresponding clip. In case of maintenance, repair or recycling it can easily be removed without damage. The arrowhead locks into place when inserted into the hole palpably and ensures a secure fixing at all times.
Material Data
Technical Table Fixing Hole (FH) Panel Thickness min. Panel Thickness max.
Article-No.
Type
Colour
Material
Drawing
151-00704 YCCFT82x185
8.2x16.0
1.6
1.6
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00180 YCCFT62x122
6.2x12.2
0.6
6.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00496 CC03
8.0x15.0
0.7
6.3
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00597 CC04
8.0x15.0
0.7
6.3
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
155-43802 STECKERAUFN.LL-FUSS
7.0x12.0
1.2
2.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00194 CCSFT7x12 151-00222 CCSFT7x12 151-00595 CCSFT7x12
7.0x12.0 7.0x12.0 7.0x12.0
0.8 0.8 0.8
2.0 2.0 2.0
Black (BK) Grey (GY) Blue (BU)
PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS
151-00513 YCCSFT62122
6.2x12.2
0,6
1,0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
90
Fixing Elements
1.4
CTC Convoluted Tubing Clamp

Features and Benefits The clamps for corrugated tubing are available in various nominal diameters and have a base in the shape of a fir tree for inserting in a drilled hole. Due to the individual fins, the clamp can be inserted into blind holes with threading. The corrugated tubing is snapped into the clamp where it is securely held. The rib on the inside of the bracket fits into the profile of the tubing and prevents the tubing from slipping. Application CTC clamps are used for example in the automobile, harness making, electrical industry and wherever corrugated tubing has be quickly and firmly fixed.
The tubing is clicked into the CTC clamp and is held firmly.
Material Data

CTC10FT6LG
Technical Table Width (W) 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Height Height Nominal (H) (H2) 16.1 18.6 19.9 21.4 21.4 22.7 25.2 25.2 37.7 11.1 11.1 12.2 7.5 11.1 12.2 7.5 11.1 12.2 4.5 7.5 7.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 13.0 13.0 22.0 Disc 16.0 16.0 23.0 16.0 16.0 23.0 16.0 16.0 23.0 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 8.7-9.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 8.7-9.0 6.5-7.0 6.5-7.0 8.7-9.0 Panel Panel Thickness Thickness Special max. Features min. 0.75 0.75 3.0 0.75 0.75 3.0 0.75 0.75 3.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 3.0 6.0 5.0 3.0 6.0 5.0 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Article-No.
Type
151-14314 CTC4.5FT6LG 151-14313 CTC7.5FT6LG 155-31602 CTC7.5FT9 151-14311 CTC10FT6 151-00018 CTC10FT6LG 155-17801 CTC10FT9 151-14312 CTC13FT6 151-00019 CTC13FT6LG 155-25201 CTC22FT9
91
1.4
Fixing Elements
Clamps for corrugated tubing CTC series with weld stud clip
Features and Benefits Clamps for corrugated tubing can be supplied for nominal diameters from 4.5 to 17 mm. They are fixed to M6 weld studs. The soft-push mechanism makes mounting quick and easy. The tube simply needs to be clicked into the bracket. A rib on the inside of the bracket fits into the profile of the tubing to prevent slipping. If necessary, the clamp can be unscrewed and removed from the weld stud. Application These holders are used for example in the automotive industry, in the production of cable harnesses and in the electrical industry. Their quick and easy mounting is the reason for their universal success wherever corrugated tubing and pipes have to be fixed quickly and securely.
Material Data
The tubing is clicked into the CTC clamp and is held firmly.
CTC17SBS6
CTC4,5SBS6
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 28,6 Width (W) 11.0 Height Nominal (H) 18.7 4.5 Colour Black (BK) Material PA66HIRHS Special Features 5 Drawing
151-00700 CTC4.5SBS6
151-00701 CTC7.5SBS6
31,8
11.0
19.4
7.5
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00702 CTC10SBS6
35,3
11.0
22.2
10.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00703 CTC13SBS6
37.0
11.0
26.5
13.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00010 CTC17SBS6
44,6
11.0
33.2
17.0
Black (BK)
PA66HIRHS
92
Fixing Elements
1.4
Clamps for corrugated tubing

Features and Benefits Clamps for corrugated tubing are available for a variety of nominal diameters. The clamp is fixed in place by means of an arrowhead foot which hooks into place at the back of the sheet and ensures quick and easy mounting. The tube is guided accurately simply by clicking into the holder. A rib on the inside of the bracket fits into the profile of the tubing to prevent slipping. The RCCD model has been designed for use in oval drill holes measuring 6.2 x 12.2 mm. The OCTCSFT6,5 clamp has been designed for fastening corrugated tubes with nominal diameters between 55 and 80 mm. The CTC-L profile clamp is also fastened to a metal edge. Application These clamps are used for example in the automotive industry, in the production of cable harnesses and in the electrical industry. Their quick and easy mounting is the reason for their universal success wherever corrugated tubing and pipes have to be fixed quickly and securely.
The OCTCSFT6,5 clamp has been designed specifically for fastening corrugated tubes.
Material Data
Technical Table Length Width Height (L) (W) (H) 31 33 37 22 22 22.0 30 33 37 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 Panel Panel Thickn. Thickn. max. Colour min. 0.7 0.7 0.7 2.5 2.5 3.0 (BK) (BK) (BK) Special Features 5 5 5
Article-No.
Type
Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS
Drawing
Retainer Corrugated 150-92300 Cond. D21* 155-04000 151-00598 Retainer Corrugated Cond. D24* Corrugated Cond D28*
151-00021 OCTCSFT6.5
64.0
20.0
24.5
6.3-6.6
1.0
2.5
(BK)
PA66HIRHS
151-00026 CTCLPROFILE
49.7
12.0
47
7.8-8.2
2.3
2.7
(BK)
PA66HIRHS
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. * for oval hole
93
1.4
Fixing Elements
Automatic Harness Clips

Features and Benefits These clips can be attached to the panel prior to installing the cables. Simply pushing the cable into place, closes the clip which activates the automatic locking feature. The parts prefixed with an 'I' can be interlocked giving a greater choice of installation options. Application Offering a simple and secure method of attaching cables to panels. Originally designed for the automotive industry they are finding a wide variety of applications in all industries using sheet metal panels.
IAHC_AH IAHC_T Elements AH and T connected.
W
AHC 1AH - 2AH
AHC2 SS
Material Data
Polyamide 6 high impact modified (PA6HIR) -40 C to +80 C continuous, (+105 C for 500 h) UL94 HB
Material Data
Technical Table Length (L) 25.0 29.0 29.0 31.5 40.0 40.0 41.0 58.0 23.0 30.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 46.0 47.0 47.0 57.0 57.0 Length (L2) 7.5 7.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.5 7.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 Width (W) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 13.5 10.0 10.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 10.0 13.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 Disc 20.0 20.0 20.0 24.0 24.0 27.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 24.0 Bundle max. 13.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 36.0 13.0 20.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 36.0 36.0 36.0 45.0 45.0 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.2-6.7 6.2-6.7 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 6.2-6.7 6.2-6.7 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 6.2-6.7 6.2x12.2 6.2x12.2 Panel Thickness min. 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.7 Panel Thickness max. 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.7 2.7 3.0 2.5 3.0 2.7
Article-No.
Type
Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA6HIR PA66HIRHS PA6HIR PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA6HIRHS PA6HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS
Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
151-00212 AHC1AH 151-00210 AHC2AH 151-00208 AHC2BH 151-00206 AHC2SS 151-00370 AHC3BHR 151-00371 AHC3CHR 151-00373 AHC3SB 151-00374 AHC4AH 151-00223 IAHC1T 151-00199 IAHC2T 151-00197 IAHC3AH 151-00379 IAHC3BH 151-00381 IAHC3CH 151-00213 IAHC3T 151-00211 IAHC4AH 151-00383 IAHC4CH 151-00207 IAHC4T 151-00205 IAHC5BH 151-00195 IAHC5T
94
Fixing Elements
1.4
Pipe and Hose Clips, IPC-Series

Features and Benefits These clips can be attached to the panel prior to installing the pipe or hose, simply push the pipe into the clip for a firm and secure fixing. The parts prefixed with an 'I' can be interlocked together giving a greater choice of installation options. Application Originally designed for the automotive industry they are finding a wide and time saving variety of applications in all industries where the use of a cable tie is not suitable.
Simple and secure installation of pipes or hoses to panels.
IPC P Clip connected.
Material Data
Material Data

IPC Clip
halogenfree
IPC AH Clip connected.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Connectable Arrowhead 151-00096 IPC10AH 151-14130 IPC13AH 151-14500 IPC15AH 151-14601 IPC23AH Connectable 151-14400 IPC10P 151-14132 IPC13P 151-14502 IPC15P 151-14603 IPC23P 15.0 17.4 19.5 30.5 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 12.5 13.5 14.7 25.0 PA66HIR PA66 PA66HIR PA66 Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Height (H) 18.4 21.0 23.0 34.0 Width (W) 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 Disc 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 Bundle max. 12.5 13.5 14.7 25.0 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.3 Panel Thickness max. 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 Material PA66HIR PA66 PA66HIR PA66 Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK)
95
2.0
A p p l i c a t i o n To o l i n g
2.1 Automatic Cable Tying System

AutoTool System 3080 ....................................................................98 Autotool 2000...............................................................................102
15 96
A p p l i c a t i o n To o l i n g
2.0
Application Tooling.
For professional bundling, tensioning and cutting of cable ties in large numbers and in industrial assembling processes. HellermannTytons practical application tools, as well as half and fully automated bundling systems, provide time and cost saving benefits. For all possible assembly situations: stationary or mobile applications, or integrated in automatic production lines.
2.2 Manual Application Tooling

Overview application Tools ............................................................106 Flowchart for Optimum Tool Selection ..........................................107 Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties, MK3SP, MK7, MK7HT......108 Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties , MK9HT, MK9, MK6 ........109 Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties, MK3PNSP2..................110 Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties, MK7P...........................111
Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties, MK9P...........................112 Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties, KR6/8 ...............................113 Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties, KR8PNSE .....................114 How to use a cable tie tool (using an MK7 as an example)) ..........115 Tool testing Determination of tensions.......................................115
16 97
2.1
Application Tooling
A u t o m a t i c C a b l e Ty i n g S y s t e m
AutoTool System 3080

The ATS3080 is an electrical bundling system from HellermannTyton. In about one second you get absolutely waste free bindings. The outside serrated strap and the closures are each supplied on continuous reels. The ATS3080 is an outstanding innovation in bundling systems! High quality standards in the production industry are requiring fully automatic, precise bundling. Only the automation of bindings allows an efficient manufacturing of high quantities in a consistent workflow. A challenge which HellermannTyton solved succesfully with the development of the ATS3080. The ATS3080 can be used with an overhead dispenser or a bench mount system. This makes the tool flexible for different applications, especially in the Automotive and the white or brown goods industry, or even for packaging. It is a high-capacity tool with a very short cycle time (about 1.3sec./50mm jaws).
ATS3080 with overhead dispenser for mobile applications.
Material Data
Power Supply Cycle Time Weight (kg) Application
Electrical approx. 1.3 sec. (50 mm jaw) 2,2 Stationary or mobile
Material Data
Power Supply unit Bench mount kit Overhead Suspender
Input: 230/115 VAC, 50/60 Hz Output: 48 VDC, max. 50 W Tool- and tiereelstand including footpedal Overhead Suspender and tiereelstand including balancer
Closures, strap and fixing parts FT6 and EC36.
98
Application Tooling
2.1
The ATS 3080 is also innovative for its strap and closures. The outside serrated strap prevents damage to wire insulation. The whole system is waste free and every shot has a flush cut off. The tool uses only the required strap length for your diameter. You do not lose any time cleaning or opening any waste boxes, resulting in a clean and safe production environment. The material is available in reels of 500m strap and reels of 5000 piece closures. The ATS 3080 has a tension control system as an optional feature. Every shot is stored and documented on the PCB. You can read out the data via an interface to your PC, with this option you can guarantee a reliable binding and fixing process.
For your assembly line requirements we offer individual solutions.

For the stationary installation the bench mount kit.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle Bundle min. max. 0 0 0 0 30 50 80 50
102-30000 ATS3080 jaw 30 mm 102-50000 ATS3080 jaw 50 mm 102-80000 ATS3080 jaw 80 mm 102-55000 ATS3080 jaw 50 mm for fixing parts
Three jaws optimise the cycle time for the different bundling diameters.
99
2.1
Application Tooling
HellermannTyton developed a very innovative solution for harnesses of the Automotive industry. With the ATS3080 it is now possible to fasten fixings, also known as foot parts, with an automatic binding. This simplifies the final assembly of harnesses, because the pre-assembled harness can be fixed directly at the metal edge or in a hole! It is the first time that you can produce a complex harness completely automatically. Another advantage of the ATS3080 is the three different jaw diameters: 30mm, 50mm and 80mm are available. If your application needs ties from very small up to 80mm, you use the 80s. If your max. is 45mm you choose the 50s and save time. You dont have to adjust anything. The sophisticated electronics recognise it and change the parameters for the cycle.
The footpart is placed, Fixing Clip ATS EC35 Fixing Clip ATS BCFT6LG
Fir Tree ATS FT6
Arrow Head ATS SFT6,5
Automatic tool.
!
Type ATS3080 Complete Power Pack ATS3080 Bench Mount Kit Overhead Dispenser
Other fixings available on request.
Technical Table Article-No. 102-00000 102-00010 102-00040 102-00050
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. and the harness is completely bundled including the footpart.
100
Application Tooling
2.1
Technical Table Article-No. Type Panel Thickness min. 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.8 2.5 2,3 0.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Panel Thickness max. 3.0 6.0 5.1 5.0 3.5 3,3 5.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Fixing Hole (FH) 6.3-7.0 6.3-7.0 6.3-7.0 7.9-8.5 6.3-6.7 6.3-6.7 6.3-7.0 Material PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS PA66HIRHS Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Special Pack Cont. Features 500 pcs. 1000 pcs. 1000 pcs. 1000 pcs. 1000 pcs. 500 pcs. 500 pcs. 5000 pcs. 5000 pcs. 5000 pcs. 5000 pcs. 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
102-67060 ATS FT6 102-67061 ATS FT6 LG 102-67065 ATS BC FT6 LG 102-67080 ATS FT8G SD 102-69060 ATS SFT 6.5 102-69066 ATS BC SFT 6,5 102-69065 ATS BCSFT 102-68350 ATS EC35 102-68360 ATS EC36 102-68370 ATS EC37 102-68380 ATS EC38
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 heat and UV stabilised (PA66HSUV) -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data

Closure ATS3080
Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heat and UV stabilised (PA66HIRHSUV) -40 C to +95 C continuous, (+105 C for 5000 h) UL94 HB
Strap ATS3080
Technical Table Article-No. 102-66109 102-66110 102-66209 102-66210 Type Strap Natural ATS3080 Strap Black ATS3080 Closures Natural ATS3080 Closures Black ATS3080 Min. Tensile Strength (N) 220 220 220 220 Material PA66HIRHSUV PA66HIRHSUV PA66HSUV PA66HSUV Colour Natural (NA) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Pack Cont. 500 m 500 m 5000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
101
2.1
Application Tooling
Autotool 2000
Autotool 2000 is an electronically operated automatic cable tying system which has been design to speed up the binding process. Consistency and quality in the process of bundling, threading and cutting is achieved at the touch of a button. Features and Benefits The HellermannTyton Autotool 2000 is very easy to use. The tool has a binding speed of 0,8 seconds per cycle. The tool handles both bands of 50 or reels of 3500 cable ties. The ties can bundle up to a diameter of 20 mm. Once fitted, the tie will have a flush cut off. The adjustable binding force and the electronic fault diagnosis system ensures that optimum results are achieved. Application The reliability, ergonomics, simple handling and flexibility makes the HellermannTyton Autotool 2000 ideal for the diverse applications where high quantities are required, e.g. in cable assemblies for automotive, electronics, TV and domestics appliances, packaging of bags and the bundling of parts together. The system suits both the high volume use of ties or where flexible production practices are necessary. Overall the Autotool 2000 gives full, flexible and cost effective utilization of labour and maximises efficiency.
Bench mount kit, bandoleer reel, Autotool 2000 and power pack.
Technical Table Article-No. Description 120-00000 Autotool 2000 120-00010 Power Pack 120-00020 Battery Charger 120-00030 Battery Pack 120-00040 Bench Mount Kit 120-00050 Overhead Suspender 120-00060 Control Box 120-00080 HH20
Packaging application with the bench mount kit.
102
Application Tooling
2.1
Autotool 2000
Application Method With the bench mount kit or the overhead dispenser the Autotool 2000 can be used stationary or mobile, depending on the customers application. Another opportunity is the integration of AT2000 into a fully automated production line. To do this you would need the control box, which is the interface between AT2000 and your production line.
Overhead suspender, reel with ties and Autotool 2000.
Material Data
Power Supply Cycle Time Weight (kg) Application Tension Force
Electrical, with Power Pack or Battery Pack 0.8 s 1.2 Stationary, mobile or included in a fully automated production line Continuously adjustable
Material Data
Power Supply unit Battery charger Battery Pack Bench mount kit Overhead Suspender Harness board accessory HH20
Electrical: - 230/115 VAC Mains Output: - 25 VDC max. 30 W Standard charger without memory effect Battery Capacity: 2500 bindings per charge (1 hour charge) Bench mounting kit with foot pedal operation Overhead suspension unit with spring balance Bundle max. 20 mm, standoffs are used as spacer for an optimal bundling, Bundle height 45-25 mm
103
2.1
Application Tooling
Autotool 2000 Innovations

On Automotive harnesses many tape clips are used for harness mount points. These are mostly manually installed with tape. HellermannTyton have now created a new and much faster solution to install the now called bundling clips. With a cable tie on each side of the clip you can fix it easily. The small ridges below the clip avoid under-taping on small harness diameters and also prevent sideways movement. Because of new requirements from the cabling market to protect sensitive wiring or pipes etc., outside-serrated ties for AT2000 will be available in the future. Changes on the tool can easily be made and kept to a minimum, to allow use of the outside-serrated ties instead of the standard inside serrated ties. With outside-serrated ties you greatly reduce the possibility of damaging sensitive applications by the tie.
Bundling Clip ATS BC FT6LG.
Harness board accessory HH20.
Inside and outside serrated ties for AT2000.
104
Application Tooling
2.1
Material Data
Material Data
Material Colour Quantity Operating Temperature Flammability
Polyamide 4.6 (PA46) Natural (NA) Bandoleer with 3500 cable ties -40 C to +150 C continuous, (+195 C for 500 h) UL94 V2, Limited Fire Hazard, low generation of toxic gases and corrosive acid, low smoke generation
Polyamide 6.6 heatstabilised (PA66HS) Natural (NA) Bandoleer with 50 cable ties Bandoleer with 3500 cable ties -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Material Data
Polyamide 6.6 heat and UV stabilised (PA66HSUV) Black (BK) Bandoleer with 50 cable ties Bandoleer with 3500 cable ties -40 C to +105 C continuous, (+145 C for 500 h) UL94 V2
halogenfree
Bandoleer T18RA.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Length (L) 100 100 100 100 100 Width (W) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Bundle Min. Tensile Strength max. (N) 20 20 20 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 Colour Natural (NA) Natural (NA) Black (BK) Black (BK) Natural (NA) Material PA66HS PA66HS PA66HSUV PA66HSUV PA46 1 Special Features
120-04019 T18RA50 120-50009 T18RA3500 120-04010 T18RA50 120-50010 T18RA3500 120-46009 T18RA3500
105
2.2
Application Tooling
O v e r v i e w A p p l i c a t i o n To o l s
MK10-SB See Main Catalogue.
MK20 , MK21 See Main Catalogue.
MK3SP See page 108
MK7 See page 108
MK7HT See page 108
MK6 See page 109
MK9 See page 109
MK9HT See page 109
MK9SST See Main Catalogue.
MK3PNSP2 See page 110
MK7P See page 111
MK9P See page 112
For detailed information on Application Tools please refer to chapter 2.2.
KR6/8 See page 113
KR8PNSE See page 113
106
Application Tooling
F l o w c h a r t f o r O p t i m u m To o l S e l e c t i o n
2.2
standard cable ties

no
MK10-SB bandwidth
4.8 mm
MK20 tool must have automatic cut-off MK10-SB

yes 4.8 mm
MK21
MK3PNSP2 pneumatic
yes
bandwidth
4.8 mm
MK7P
no
4.8 mm
MK9P
bandwidth
4.8 mm
MK3SP
MK7 electrical
yes
bandwidth
= 2.5 mm
= 4.5 mm * 4.8 mm
MK7HT
MK9SST
MK6
metal cable ties
MTT4
MK9
*
MTT6
MK9HT
AT2000 cable ties KR series pneumatic

yes
KR8PNSE ATS3080
no * See Main Catalogue.
KR6/8
107
2.2
Application Tooling
M a n u a l A p p l i c a t i o n To o l i n g
Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties MK3SP

The MK3SP with its ergonomic design can be used anywhere. A tough and extremely low maintenance metal tool with an adjustable preset tension device for tensioning and automatically cutting HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 4.8mm.
MK3SP.
Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties MK7

The MK7 with its ergonomic design can be used everywhere. Due to the casing made of glass-fibre-reinforced polyester it is extraordinarily light. The MK7 is a state-of-the-art tool for applying HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 4.8 mm. The MK7 has a three-level preset tension device for quick adjustment. Further adjustment is possible within each level. MIL and VG approved.
MK7. MK7HT.
Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties MK7HT

The MK7HT is distinguished from the MK7 mainly by its increased 'pulling force'. It is particularly suitable for applications requiring cable ties to be very tightly applied.
Technical Table Article-No. 110-03500 110-30002 110-07500 110-07000 MK3SP Compressed-air hose MK7 MK7HT Type Strap Width max. (G) 4.8 4.8 4.8 Strap Thickness max. 1.5 1.5 1.5 Weight (kg) 0.33 0.29 0.29
Please note! Not every product listed carries these approvals! For Product Specific Approvals please refer to the Appendix 108
Application Tooling
2.2
Manual processing tool for cable ties MK9HT

The MK9HT boasts especially high tensioning forces and an ergonomic design. It is suitable for tensioning and cutting HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 13.5 mm and is the ideal tool for cable ties of the EL-TY series. There are two preset tension levels. Fine adjustment is possible within each level.
MK9HT.
Manual processing tool for cable ties MK9

The MK9 for applying HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 13.5 mm is characterized by its very low weight and ergonomic design. Like the MK7, the housing is made of resilient and lightweight glass-fibrereinforced polyester. The MK9 has two preset tension levels and a device for fine adjustment. MIL and VG approved.
MK9.
MK6.
Manual Processing Tool For Cable Ties MK6

An optimum solution for quickly applying HellermannTyton cable ties up to a width of 9.0mm. This durable metal tool offers simple handling, low maintenance and has a user friendly design. The tensioning force is freely adjustable.
Technical Table Article-No. 110-06000 110-09500 110-09000 Type MK6 MK9 MK9HT Strap Width max. Strap Thickness Weight (G) max. (kg) 9.0 13.5 13.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 0.52 0.39 0.39
Please note! Not every product listed carries these approvals! For Product Specific Approvals please refer to the Appendix 109
2.2
Application Tooling
Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties MK3PNSP2

The MK3PNSP2 tensioning tool achieves unique levels of repeatability and accuracy while maintaining a high application speed. One further advantage is its low maintenance handling. Cable ties are cut off flush at the head, thus avoiding any excess tail and ensuring safety in the workplace. The MK3PNSP2 is suitable for applying cable ties with a strap width of up to 4.8mm and strap thickness of 1.5mm (all cable ties in the T18 to T50 series). It saves application time and is particularly suitable for use in sensitive applications, or in repetitive work such as cable harnessing. Ergonomically designed, the cutting process is pneumatically activated which helps to prevent repetitive strain injury. The tensioning force has 125 adjustable settings from 45 to 210N. Due to its high precision, the MK3PNSP2 is suited for use in applications where quality is critical. Powered by compressed air at a pressure of up to 6 bars, the MK3PNSP2 is most beneficial in mass production environments, whether on the assembly line or in cable fabrication.
MK3PNSP2.
Material Data
Tension Force Air Supply Air Pressure (min.) Air Pressure (max.) Hose Internal Diameter LxHxW
45 up to 160 N, adjustable non oiled / oiled 3 bar 6 bar 4.0 mm approx. 225 x 140 x 40 mm
Technical Table Strap Strap Width Thickness max. max. (G) 4.8 1.5 Weight (kg) 0.56
Article-No.
Type
110-03400 MK3PNSP2 110-30002 Compressed-air hose
110
Application Tooling
2.2
Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties MK7P

The MK7P pneumatic bundling tool sets a new benchmark for the rational application of ties in the industrial production process. Enhanced technology significantly improves the application of cable ties. Improved compressed air supply moves the tensioning piston faster than in comparable tools. Processing time is shortened and the volume of connecting ties applied is increased. In times of fiercer competition this tool offers genuine potential for rationalization. Great attention was paid to ergonomic design in the development of this tool. The moulded handle prevents any slippage and eliminates operator fatigue. The housing is made of glass-fibre-reinforced plastic, which is a lightweight but very tough material that fully meets the high requirements found in industry today.
MK7P.
Applying the cable ties is remarkably easy: press the button and the cable tie is tensioned and then cut off automatically flush with the head. The smooth edge of the cut prevents injuries. The cut-off end of the tie is ejected automatically. Production breaks normally required to the cut-off ties are thus eliminated. The three-level preset control is used to set the tool tension. Fine adjustment is then made with the wheel below the tension control. An optionally available safety cap prevents the tension setting being changed by accident. This is particularly important when bundling sensitive materials and represents an important aspect in maintaining process reliability. This tool features a non-slip, comfortable grip, soft touch trigger, and a one-touch tensioning / cut off capability. The MK7P is very lightweight making it very easy for the operator to use on all cable ties from 2.5mm to 4.8mm wide.
The easy to use quick-set-knob.
Material Data
Tension Force Air Supply Air Pressure (min.) Air Pressure (max.) Hose Internal Diameter LxHxW
60 to 170 N, adjustable non oiled / oiled 3 bar 6 bar 4.0 mm 220 x 170 x 40 mm
Technical Table Article-No. 110-07100 MK7P 110-30002 Compressed-air hose 110-07200 Lock cap tensioning knob 110-07111 Replacement Blade
Type
Strap Width max. (G) 4.8
Strap Thickness max. 1.5
Weight (kg) 0.43
111
2.2
Application Tooling
Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties MK9P

The MK9 Pneumatic (MK9P) is constructed with heavy duty parts to ensure optimum performance in demanding environments. It is ideally designed to apply heavy-duty ties (T50-T250), clamp and button head ties. Like the MK7P, HellermannTyton's MK9P incorporates the next level of ergonomic improvement with its low weight, comfortable grip and easy trigger depression. Very durable, the pneumatic MK9P features adjustable, easy to readtension settings. Lock-out features are available. The MK9P is available with lower air attachment (standard) or can be ordered with an upper air attachment.
MK9P.
MK9P is also available with upper air attachment.
Material Data
Air Supply Air Pressure (min.) Air Pressure (max.) Hose Internal Diameter LxHxW
non oiled / oiled 3 bar 6 bar 4.0 mm approx. 280 x 200 x 55 mm
Technical Table Strap Width max.(G) 12.7 12.7 Strap Thickness Weight max. (kg) 2.5 2.5 0.91 0.91
Article-No. 110-09100 MK9P 110-09110 MK9P
Type
Air att. Position lower air connection top air connection
110-07200 Lock cap tensioning knob 110-30002 Compressed-air hose 110-09111 Replacement Blade
112
Application Tooling
2.2
Manual Processing Tool for Cable Ties KR6/8

The KR6/8 tool has been specially developed for reliably applying HellermannTyton cable ties from the KR series (Chapter 1.2). In separate operations the cable tie is tensioned, fixed and then cut off directly at the head. The tool can be quickly adapted to deal with different tie widths (6mm and 8mm) simply by exchanging the front plate. The glass fibre reinforced locking pin off the KR seal is mechanically crimped and leads to plastic deformation of the tie ends. This produces a vibration proof permanent connection.
KR6/8.
Technical Table Article-No. 121-00680 Type KR6/8 For Ties KR6, KR8 Strap Width max. (G) 6.0/8.0 Weight (kg) 0.52
Pneumatic Tensioning Tool for Cable Ties KR8PNSE

Specially developed for processing HellermannTyton KR series cable ties with a width of 8.0mm. The KR8PNSE is a simple and easy to use tool which is ideal for applications where the volumes are too great for manual tooling. The KR8PNSE pulls the strap tight, closes the head and cuts of the excess tail all with a single push of the button.
KR8PNSE.
Material Data
Air Supply Air Pressure (min.) Air Pressure (max.) Hose Internal Diameter LxHxW
non oiled / oiled 3 bar 4 bar 6.0 mm approx. 320 x 210 x 50mm
Technical Table Article-No. 121-00889 Type KR8PNSE For Ties KR8 Strap Width max. (G) 8.0 Weight (kg) 1.56
113
2.2
Application Tooling
How to use a cable tie tool (using an MK7 as an example)
1. Rough adjustment (1) depending on cable tie, and set according to details in the user instructions. Value is displayed in the viewing window (2). 2. Use fine adjustment (3), if necessary, to set the desired value. 3. Lay cable tie around the bundle and guide tail end through the cable tie head (4). Tighten tie firmly enough that one stroke of the tool is enough to tension and cut off. 4. Push the tool with the open side of the tool head (5) over the free strip end and guide in the direction of the bundle until the tool head buts on the tie head (4). 5. Pull manual lever through one or more times to the stop. Once the pre-selected tension is reached, the free tie end is automatically cut off flush with the tie head.
Tool testing Determination of tensions

To date, no generally applicable test method has been established on the market. The companies within the HellermannTyton group work with the HT50 test device from MAV Prftechnik (Berlin) to determine the tensile forces of the tools and to guarantee the quality of the tools. It is more difficult to test cable tie tools than would appear at first glance. It is of supreme importance to comply with a standardised test procedure and consistent test conditions. This means e.g. the size and thus the cross-section of the cable ties, but also the water content of the tie. A test using different ties and/or different conditioning can easily lead to different values. In general, the speed of cut-off, the position of the tool with respect to the cable tie, the condition of the wearing parts in the tool and the state of the cable tie play a fundamental role in the determination of tensile forces. Therefore we must point out that any values we provide must only ever be regarded as guide values for your information. The values cannot be transferred into practice one for one. In our user instructions, we specify an adjustment range for each type of cable tie. If tension values must be documented or comply with a specification, we recommend that you adjust them with the aid of the MAV device. Also, as a guideline, half the minimum holding strength of the cable tie should be used as tensile force. The minimum tensile strength (also referred to as minimum unlocking strength) is the least force which the cable tie can withstand before it tears or stretches (see also determination of minimum tensile strength on page 0000).This strength is determined using a threaded tie, hence the following formula should be used for guidance as to the correct tensile force of the tool:
Min. tensile strength = rec. tensile force 2 Example: T50R = 225 N min. tensile strength 2
2225 N = 112.5 N rec. tensile 2 force according to formula
114
Application Tooling
2.2
The tensile force can of course be adjusted up or down, in line with the corresponding application. Please bear in mind that this statement naturally applies only to HellermannTyton products. Cable ties from other manufacturers may require a higher or lower force setting.
In order to secure the device after it has been adjusted using the MAV device against manipulation or unintentional maladjustment, HellermannTyton offers an adjustment safety cap (Art. No.: 110-07200 for MK7, MK7HT, MK7P, MK9, MK9HT, MK9P) which you can push onto the device after removing the adjustment unit (loosening a screw is all it takes to remove).
After a period, to be defined, you test the device again and if necessary readjust it. The problem of determination of forces depends on the individual case and bears no relation to the quality of our product. An exact value for each setting (e.g. in Newtons), without stating a tolerance, cannot be confirmed.
Test set-up with MAV HT50 device and cable tie tool MK3PNSP2
Your contact and our partner for the testing of cable tie tools: MAV Prftechnik GmbH Dr. Turowsky Sanderstrae 28 12047 Berlin Germany Telephone: +49 30/6 93 10 53 Fax: +49 30/6 93 10 69 E-mail: MAV.GmbH@t-online.de Website: www.MAV-Germany.de
The MK3PNSP2 is fixed onto the rail using an adapter. The cable tie (red) is clamped into the jaw. The tool tightens the cable tie. The tension achieved at cut-off is determined. The tool could only be adjusted with the aid of several tests such that a specified value is attained. This could e.g. be the value calculated previously using the guidance formula.
115
3.0
H e a t S h r i n k a b l e Tu b i n g and Braided Sleeving
15 116
H e a t S h r i n k a b l e Tu b i n g and Braided Sleeving
3.0
Heat Shrinkable Tubing and Braided Sleeving.

For secure bundling of cables and wiring in applications, where the movement of engine components or high temperatures are a key factor. Protective sleeving provides resistance to heat and abrasion as well as isolation.
3.1 Heat Shrinkable Tubing

TCN20...........................................................................................118 TCN20 overexpanded....................................................................119 EPS-300, EPS-400..........................................................................120 TFE2, TFE4.....................................................................................121
3.2 Braided Sleeving

Helagaine HEGP and HEGPX Braided Sleeving...............................122 Helagaine HEGPV0 and HEGPV0X Braided Sleeving .....................123 Helagaine HEGPA66 Braided Sleeving ...........................................124 Helagaine HEGSAS Braided Sleeving .............................................125 Helagaine HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 Braided Sleeving..................126 Helagaine HEGPL Braided Sleeving ................................................128 Helahook Re-Sealable Protective Sleeving......................................129
16 117
3.1
Insulation
H e a t S h r i n k a b l e Tu b i n g
TCN20
Features and Benefits TCN20 is a general purpose, flame-retardant polyolefin tubing with good resistance to common fluids and solvents. This flexible, 2:1 shrink ration tubing has an excellent physical and electrical performance. The low shrink temperature and the mechanical strength make this tubing being widely used in the electrical, electronics and automotive industry. Application TCN20 is suitable for a wide range of applications like electrical insulations, mechanical protection, cable bundling, et cetera.
Material Data
Heat shrink tubing TCN20.
Material Colour Shrink Ratio Longitudinal change after shrinkage Min. Shrink Temperature Operating Temperature Dielectric Strength Flammability Certification
Polyolefin, cross-linked (POX) Black (BK) 2:1 +/- 5% +100 C -55 C to +125 C 20 kV/mm according to IEC 243 self-extinguishing UL224
TCN20
Technical Table Article-No. Type Supplied D min. 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 6.4 9.5 12.7 19.1 25.4 38.0 50.8 Recov. d max. 0.6 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.7 6.4 9.5 12.7 19.0 25.4 Wall (WT) nom. 0.30 0.35 0.45 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.80 0.90 1.02 1.15 Reel Length (m) 300 300 300 300 300 300 150 100 60 60 30 30
300-73010 TCN20 1,2/0,6 300-73020 TCN20 1,6/0,8 300-73030 TCN20 2,4/1,2 300-73040 TCN20 3,2/1,6 300-73050 TCN20 4,8/2,4 300-73060 TCN20 6,4/3,2 300-73070 TCN20 9,5/4,8 300-73080 TCN20 12,7/6,4 300-73090 TCN20 19,1/9,5 300-73100 TCN20 25,4/12,7 300-73110 TCN20 38,1/19,1 300-73120 TCN20 50,8/25,4
118
Insulation
3.1
TCN20 overexpanded
Features and Benefits This extremely fast shrinking, thin wall tubing with its high shrink ratio of approx. 3:1 is flexible, and self-extinguishing. Its mechanical strength and resistance against chemicals and solvents make it suitable for a wide range of applications. Application Mechanical, electrical and corrosion protection applications for parts with high diameter variances. This fast shrinking tubing makes it suitable for high volume production.
Battery cables safely insulated with TCN20 overexpanded shrinkable tubing.
Due to its thin wall TCN20 overexpanded is suitable for insulation of antennas.
Material Data
Polyolefin, cross-linked (POX) Black (BK) 3:1 +/- 5% +100 C -55 C to +125 C 20 kV/mm self-extinguishing UL224
Technical Table Article-No. Type Supplied D min. 2.4 3.2 4.8 6.6 9.5 12.7 19.0 25.4 38.0 Recov. d max. 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 6.4 9.5 12.7 Wall (WT) nom. 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.55 0.65 0.75 0.75 0.79 0.95 Reel Length (m) 300 300 300 300 150 100 60 60 30 300-73130 TCN20 2,4/0,8 300-73140 TCN20 3,2/1,2 300-73150 TCN20 4,8/1,6 300-73160 TCN20 6,6/2,4 300-73170 TCN20 9,5/3,2 300-73180 TCN20 12,7/4,8 300-73190 TCN20 19,0/6,4 300-73200 TCN20 25,4/9,5 300-73210 TCN20 38,0/12,7
119
3.1
Insulation
EPS-300, EPS-400
Features and Benefits EPS is a flexible and thin walled heat shrink tubing with a co-extruded hot melt adhesive inner wall. The adhesive flows well to provide an environmental sealing of complex parts and protect against moisture. Application EPS seals and protect a wide variety of electrical applications like back end connector sealing, connector-to-cable transitions and splices.
EPS offers high shrink ratios and protection against humidity.
Material Data
Cut lengths available on request. Please contact us!
Polyolefin, cross-linked (POX) Black (BK) 3:1, 4:1 -10% max. +120 C -55 C to +110 C 15 kV/mm according to IEC 684 P2 ASTM D 2671 (outer layer only) MIL-DTL-23053/4, SAE - AMS - DTL-23053/4
EPS-300, EPS-400
Technical Table Article-No. EPS-300 340-06020 340-09030 340-12040 340-19060 340-40130 EPS-400 341-04010 341-08020 341-12030 341-16040 341-24060 341-32080 EPS-400 4/1 EPS-400 8/2 EPS-400 12/3 EPS-400 16/4 EPS-400 24/6 EPS-400 32/8 4.0 8.0 12.0 16.0 24.0 32.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 1.00 1.00 1.40 1.80 2.20 2.50 300 150 100 100 50 25 Type EPS-300 6/2 EPS-300 9/3 EPS-300 12/4 EPS-300 19/6 EPS-300 40/13 Supplied D min. 6.0 9.0 12.0 19.0 40.0 Recov. d max. 2.0 3.0 4.0 6.0 13.0 Wall (WT) nom. 1.00 1.40 1.80 2.20 2.50 Reel Length (m) 300 150 100 50 25
Please note! Not every product listed carries these approvals! For Product Specific Approvals please refer to the Appendix. 120
Insulation
3.1
TFE2, TFE4
Features and Benefits TFE heat shrink tubing is specified predominantly because of its very high temperature resistance. It is an extra thin walled transparent tubing that has both high abrasion resistance and good resistance against aggressive chemicals. TFE is available in either 2:1 (TFE2) or 4:1 (TFE4) shrink ratios. Application TFE is ideal for high temperature applications, when resistance to aggressive fluids is required or a very thin walled tubing is needed, for example in pH-measuring instruments. TFE tubing is also used to reduce movement due to friction, covering cylinders for example.
TFE is available in either 2:1 or 4:1 shrink ratios.
Technical Table Wire Size Supplied Recov. Wall (WT) (AWG) D min. d max. nom. 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Size/ Inch 339-00209 TFE4-5/64 339-00329 TFE4-1/8 339-00340 TFE4-3/16 339-00649 TFE4-1/4 339-00959 TFE4-3/8 339-01279 TFE4-1/2 339-01599 TFE4-5/8 339-01909 TFE4-3/4 339-02549 TFE4-1 339-03189 TFE4-1 1/4 5/64 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1 11/4 1.98 3.17 4.75 6.35 9.52 12.7 15.87 19.05 25.4 31.75 0.64 0.94 1.27 1.60 2.44 3.66 4.52 5.69 7.06 8.82 0.22 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 0.86 0.96 1.17 1.27 1.39 1.52 1.93 2.36 3.05 3.81 4.85 6.10 7.67 9.40 10.92 11.94 0.38 0.46 0.56 0.69 0.82 0.99 1.25 1.55 1.83 2.26 2.85 3.58 4.52 5.69 7.06 8.81 0.23 0.23 0.23 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 Length (L) (m) 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22 1.22
Material Data
Material Colour Shrink Ratio Operating Temperature Min. Shrink Temperature Flammability Longitudinal change after shrinkage Dielectric Strength Certification
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) Transparent (CL) 2:1, 4:1 -65 C to +260 C +330 C non-burning -20% max. 40 kV/mm according to DIN 53481 SAE - AMS - DTL-23053/12, MIL-DTL-23053/12
Article-No. TFE2
Type
336-00079 TFE2-30 336-00099 TFE2-28 336-00109 TFE2-26 336-00139 TFE2-24 336-00149 TFE2-22 336-00159 TFE2-20 336-00199 TFE2-18 336-00249 TFE2-16 336-00319 TFE2-14 336-00399 TFE2-12 336-00489 TFE2-10 336-00619 TFE2-8 336-00779 TFE2-6 336-00949 TFE2-4 336-01109 TFE2-2 336-01209 TFE2-0 TFE4
TFE2, TFE4
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. AWG American Wire Gauge
121
3.2
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
Helagaine HEGP and HEGPX Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits Helagaine HEGP and HEGPX braided sleeving offer flexible cable protection, high abrasion resistance and ease of application. Helagaine sleeves are specially woven to expand when compressed and contract when pulled apart. HEGP provides a high level of surface coverage as well as a high rate of expansion for easy slip-over application. To achieve an optimal fit, HEGP braided sleeving is available in 13 different sizes for application diameters of 1mm to 66mm. Where higher expansion or easier application is important and less surface coverage is acceptable, HEGPX offers an expansion ratio of 3:1. Only seven sleeve sizes cover an application range of 2mm to 70mm. Application Helagaine HEGP and HEGPX braided sleeving is used in the automobile sector and in machine construction. It is also used for smaller electrical appliances to avoid pockets of high temperature. Helagaine HEGP and HEGPX can be supplied in pre-cut lengths on request. Application Method To prevent fraying, the sleeve is cut with a hot-knife, which melts and cleanly fuses the ends of the yarn.
Helagaine HEGP braided sleeving.
Helagaine HEGPX braided sleeving.
Technical Table Article-No. HEGP Type Bundle min. 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 14 18 20 30 40 2 3 5 6 12 19 32 Bundle max. 5 7 9 11 12 15 17 20 26 34 40 50 66 6 9 16 19 32 45 70 Reel Length (m) 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 200 100 100 100 100 50 50
170-10300 HEGP03 170-10400 HEGP04 170-10500 HEGP05 170-10600 HEGP06 170-10800 HEGP08 170-11000 HEGP10 170-11200 HEGP12 170-11500 HEGP15 170-12000 HEGP20 170-12500 HEGP25 170-13000 HEGP30 170-14000 HEGP40
Material Data
170-15000 HEGP50
Material Colour Operating Temperature Melting Point Braid Density Flammability
Polyester (PET) Black (BK) -50 C to +150 C, intermittent +220 C +250 C n. 81% UL94 V2, FMVSS 302
halogenfree
HEGPX 170-00030 HEGPX03 170-00060 HEGPX06 170-00090 HEGPX09 170-00120 HEGPX12 170-00200 HEGPX20 170-00300 HEGPX30 170-00400 HEGPX40
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Colour grey available on request. Cut to any length.
122
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
3.2
Helagaine HEGPV0 and HEGPV0X Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits Due to its flame-retardant additives, Helagaine HEGPV0 and HEGPV0X braided sleeving is self-extinguishing according to UL94 V0 and should be used wherever fire protection is important. HEGPV0X offers a higher expansion ratio of 3:1. The special structure of the Polyester braiding keeps out moisture and dirt. HEGPV0 and HEGPV0X are also resistant to acids. Application Helagaine HEGPV0 and HEGPV0X braided sleeving offer superior cable protection for car and railway vehicle manufacturing as well as machine tools, robotics and automatic equipment. Application Method To prevent fraying, the sleeve is cut with a hot-cutting machine, which melts and cleanly fuses the ends of the yarn.
Helagaine flame-retardant UL94 VO braided sleeving.
Material Data
Material Colour Operating Temperature Melting Point Flammability
Polyester (PBT) Black (BK) -50 C to +150 C, intermittent +200 C +225 C UL94 V0, FMVSS 302
Technical Table Article-No. HEGPV0 Type Bundle Bundle Reel Length min. max. (m) 3 5 7 11 18 27 35 40 2 3 5 6 12 19 32 38 7 11 13 17 25 40 50 60 6 9 16 19 32 45 70 76 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 200 200 100 100 100 50 50 50
170-30400 HEGPV004 170-30600 HEGPV006 170-30800 HEGPV008 170-31200 HEGPV012 170-32000 HEGPV020 170-33000 HEGPV030 170-34000 HEGPV040 170-35000 HEGPV050 HEGPV0X 170-50030 HEGPV0X03 170-50060 HEGPV0X06 170-50090 HEGPV0X09 170-50120 HEGPV0X12 170-50200 HEGPV0X20 170-50300 HEGPV0X30 170-50400 HEGPV0X40 170-50500 HEGPV0X50
Colour grey available on request. Cut to any length.
123
3.2
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
Helagaine HEGPA66 Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits The thread diameter of the Polyamide 6.6 is approximately 10% larger than that of Polyester .This results in tougher sleeving with excellent resistance to abrasion. Despite its toughness, Helagaine HEGPA66 can be easily applied even over very irregular shapes. Application Helagaine HEGPA66 is particularly suitable for vehicle manufacturing as well as plant construction. Application Method Fraying of the braided sleeving can be avoided by using a hot-knife to cut the sleeving. Braided sleeving can also be supplied in precut lengths on request.
Various types of Helagaine braided sleeving.
Material Data
Material Operating Temperature Melting Point Braid Density Flammability
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) -60 C to +150 C, intermittent +200 C +255 C n. 85% UL94 V2, FMVSS 302
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle min. 3 4 5 7 8 12 15 18 25 30 40 50 Bundle max. 6 8 10 12 14 18 23 28 32 44 55 65 Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Reel Length (m) 200 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
170-40400 HEGPA6604 170-40600 HEGPA6606 170-40800 HEGPA6608 170-41000 HEGPA6610 170-41200 HEGPA6612 170-41600 HEGPA6616 170-42000 HEGPA6620 170-42500 HEGPA6625 170-43000 HEGPA6630 170-44000 HEGPA6640 170-45000 HEGPA6650 170-46000 HEGPA6660
124
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
3.2
Helagaine HEGSAS Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits Its special yarn structure gives Helagaine HEGSAS braided polyester sleeving outstanding noise reduction characteristics. Due to its excellent surface coverage and high abrasion resistance, HEGSAS is especially suitable for mechanical protection of cables. HEGSAS can be expanded to 3 times its original diameter and fits easily over irregular shapes. Application Helagaine HEGSAS is used primarily in the automotive sector and wherever vibration noise must be reduced. Helagaine HEGSAS can be supplied in pre-cut lengths on request.
With its special yarn structure, Helagaine HEGSAS is very effective in reducing vibration noise.
Material Data
Material Colour Operating Temperature Melting Point Flammability
Polyester (PET) Black (BK) -50 C to +150 C, intermittent +200 C ca. +260 C FMVSS 302
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle min. 2 4 6 8 10 13 20 30 Bundle max. 6 11 16 20 24 30 40 50 Reel Length (m) 200 200 100 100 50 50 25 25
170-60401 HEGSAS04 170-60600 HEGSAS06 170-60900 HEGSAS09 170-61200 HEGSAS12 170-61500 HEGSAS15 170-62000 HEGSAS20 170-63000 HEGSAS30 170-64000 HEGSAS40
All dimensions in mm. Subject to technical changes. Colour grey available on request. Cut to any length.
125
3.2
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
Helagaine HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits Made of tin-plated copper and polyester threads, Helagaine HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 braided sleeves offer electromagnetic protection as well as secure cable bundling. The mix of materials makes the sleeves expandable and easy to apply. In contrast to purely copper braids, the HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 sleeves can be bent and twisted and still return to their original form. As a result, HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 are particularly suitable for applications where there is movement. The supporting inner tube makes insertion of cables easier and protects the sleeves from deformation during transport. Besides their excellent electromagnetic protection ratings, they are very resistant to abrasion. Both sleeves fulfill the requirements of the international EMI norm CISPR25 (10KHz to 1GHz).
Material Data
Helagaine HEGEMIP braided sleeving is made of tin-plated copper and polyester yarn.
Application Helagaine EMI braided sleeving is used for highly sensitive electronics, such as electrical appliances and machines, radio equipment and automobiles.
Material Colour Operating Temperature Flammability EMI requirements
Polyester (PET), Tin-plated copper Tin-coloured and Black (TCBK) -40 C to +175 C, intermittent +200 C UL94 V2, FMVSS 302 10 KHz to 1 GHz according to CISPR25 (DIN VDE 0879-2)
halogenfree
Material Data
Material Colour Operating Temperature Flammability EMI requirements
Polyester (PBT), Tin-plated copper Tin-coloured and Black (TCBK) -40 C to +175 C, intermittent +200 C UL94 V0, FMVSS 302 10 KHz to 1 GHz according to CISPR25 (DIN VDE 0879-2)
126
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
3.2
Helagaine HEGEMIP and HEGEMIPV0 Braided Sleeving
Technical Table Article-No. Type Material CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET CU, PET D 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Bundle Bundle min. max. 4 5 8 8 10 12 14 16 18 6.5 10 11.5 13 15 18 20 22 25 Weight (g)/m 21.5 g/m 28.5 g/m 26.5 g/m 43.5 g/m 48.0 g/m 58.0 g/m 72.5 g/m 78.6 g/m 100.0 g/m Reel Length (m) 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 50 50
173-00400 HEGEMIP04 173-00600 HEGEMIP06 173-00800 HEGEMIP08 173-01000 HEGEMIP10 173-01200 HEGEMIP12 173-01400 HEGEMIP14 173-01600 HEGEMIP16 173-01800 HEGEMIP18 173-02000 HEGEMIP20
Cut to any length.
Technical Table Article-No. Type Material CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT CU, PBT D 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Bundle Bundle min. max. 4 5 8 8 10 12 14 16 18 6.5 10 11.5 13 15 18 20 22 25 Weight (g)/m 21.5 g/m 28.5 g/m 26.5 g/m 43.5 g/m 48.0 g/m 58.0 g/m 72.5 g/m 78.6 g/m 100.0 g/m Reel Length (m) 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 50 50
173-60400 HEGEMIPV004 173-60600 HEGEMIPV006 173-60800 HEGEMIPV008 173-61000 HEGEMIPV010 173-61200 HEGEMIPV012 173-61400 HEGEMIPV014 173-61600 HEGEMIPV016 173-61800 HEGEMIPV018 173-62000 HEGEMIPV020
Cut to any length.
127
3.2
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
Helagaine HEGPL Braided Sleeving

Features and Benefits Helagaine HEGPL is very light, flexible and resistant to abrasion. HEGPL provides very good protection against the mechanical and chemical influences typically found in automobiles. Due to its high expansion rate of more than 3:1, HEGPL can be easily applied to hose assemblies and cable harnesses with very irregular diameters. Application Helagaine HEGPL is used primarily in automobile interiors, motor compartments, car bodies and underfloors.
Helagaine HEGPL Braided Sleeving.
Material Data
Material Operating Temperature Melting Point Flammability
Polyester (PET) -50 C to +150 C +250 C UL94 V2, FMVSS 302 Type B
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle min. 8 12 21 30 55 66 82 Bundle max. 3 5 8 12 18 24 30 Colour Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Black (BK) Reel Length (m) 1000 400 300 300 200 150 150
170-80503 HEGPL03 170-80506 HEGPL06 170-80512 HEGPL12 170-80520 HEGPL20 170-80530 HEGPL30 170-80540 HEGPL40 170-80550 HEGPL50
128
Insulation
Braided Sleeving
3.2
Helahook Re-Sealable Protective Sleeving

Features and Benefits HELAHOOK is a lightweight, abrasion resistant and re-sealable protective sleeving. Due to its hook-and-loop sealing system, HELAHOOK can be used to protect cables and tubing that are already mounted and adapts to very irregular shapes. It permits quick and easy access to the enclosed components and can be used repeatedly. It is therefore a sensible alternative to braided sleeving and corrugated tubing for many common applications. HELAHOOK has good fire-protection properties. It complies with the standard NF F 16-101, Class F1 for smoke emission and gas toxicity and meets UL94 V2. Application HELAHOOK is used in industrial machines, electrical appliances, shipbuilding, railway vehicles and in the aerospace industry. HELAHOOK is also employed in automobiles or commercial vehicles. It is the ideal solution for post-termination cable organisation and wherever repeated use is a necessity.
HELAHOOK protective sleeving allows for retrospective fitting and repeated use.
HELAHOOK provides excellent abrasion resistance.
Material Data
Polyester (PET) Black (BK) -50 C to +150 C UL94 V2, FMVSS 302
halogenfree
Technical Table Article-No. Type Bundle Bundle min. max. 3 10 15 20 25 15 20 30 40 50 Reel Length (m) 25 25 25 25 25
170-05100 HELAHOOK10 170-05150 HELAHOOK15 170-05200 HELAHOOK20 170-05250 HELAHOOK25 170-05300 HELAHOOK30
Cut lengths available on request.
129
4.0
Identification Systems
XXX
xxx
15 130
4.0
For the temporary or permanent labelling and identification of cables, wiring and connecting components. As cable flags, markers and tags, or as labels with protective film to secure against dirt or mechanical abrasion.
4.1 Industrial Identification

Asset labelling (SR) ........................................................................132 Asset labelling (WH) ......................................................................133 Fragmenting tamper evident security labelling (WH)......................134 Tamper evident 2 piece security labelling (SR/CL).............................135
16 131
4.1
Industrial Identification
Asset labelling (SR), thermal transfer Material 1204

Features and Benefits A matt silver polyester label ideally suited for use as an asset rating plate for electronic equipment such as computers, televisions, and music systems. The temperature range is suitable for use on all electronic home and office components. The silver colour also ensures that barcode scanners easily read printed barcodes. For problem-free printing, we recommend TagPrint PRO software, TT4000 and TT420 printers with TT822OUT ribbons.
Professional type plate on a heating unit.
Material Data
Material Operating Temperature Curing Temperature Adhesive Thickness of Foil (m) chem. material properties
Type 1204, Polyester (PET), silver matt (SR) -40 C to +150 C, intermittent +200 C from 0 C Acrylic 55 Excellent resistance to water, alcohol, most oils, greases, fuel, aliphatic solvents, weak acids, salts and alkalis.
Thermal Transfer Printer
Technical Table Article-No. 596-12071 596-12043 596-12046 596-34120 596-12045 596-31120 596-12042 596-12035 596-12047 596-27120 596-12067 596-12069 596-73124 596-12077 596-12066 596-12068 596-12063 596-12076 596-12072 596-12065 596-12062 596-12064 596-71204 596-21204 596-12078 596-31204 Type TAG71TD6-1204 TAG13TD4-1204 TAG16TD3-1204 TAG34TD3-1204 TAG15TD3-1204 TAG31TD3-1204 TAGR2TD1-1204 TAG35TD3-1204 TAG17TD2-1204 TAG27TD2-1204 TAG67TD2-1204 TAG69TD2-1204 TAG73TD1-1204 TAG77TD1-1204 TAG66TD1-1204 TAG68TD1-1204 TAG63TD1-1204 TAG76TD1-1204 TAG72TD1-1204 TAG65TD1-1204 TAG62TD1-1204 TAG64TD1-1204 TAG97TD1-1204 TAG02TD1-1204 TAG78TD1-1204 TAGR3TD1-1204 Colour Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Width (W) 12.70 19.05 22.86 25.40 25.40 25.40 30.00 31.75 38.10 38.10 38.10 40.64 50.80 50.80 50.80 63.50 63.50 63.50 69.85 76.20 76.20 88.90 101.60 104.00 104.00 104.00 Height (H) 11.10 6.35 6.35 9.53 12.70 19.05 endless 9.53 6.35 19.05 31.75 22.86 25.40 22.86 36.50 25.40 38.10 50.80 31.75 36.50 50.80 36.50 74.00 12.00 140.00 endless Width of Liner (WL) 85.09 101.60 80.00 101.60 101.60 85.09 30.00 85.09 85.09 85.09 69.00 55.00 89.00 85.09 85.09 55.00 95.00 70.00 76.00 56.80 82.00 95.00 106.00 104.00 105.00 108.00 Labels per Row 6 4 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pack Cont. 15000 10000 10000 75000 7500 5000 37,5 7500 5000 5000 1000 2500 2000 2000 1000 2000 1000 500 1000 1000 500 1000 500 5000 500 75,0
132
4.1
Asset labelling (WH), thermal transfer Material 1206

Features and Benefits A glossy white polyester label suited for the generation of asset tracking labels where a good contrast is needed against a coloured background. The white colour guarantees a suitable contrast for all barcode scanners to read printed barcodes. For problem-free printing, we recommend TagPrint PRO software, TT4000 and TT420 printers with TT822OUT ribbons.
HELATAG label for a permanent asset identification.
Helatag plain labels
Material Data
Type 1206, Polyester (PET), white (WH) -40 C to +150 C, intermittent +200 C from 0 C Acrylic 50 Excellent resistance to water, alcohol, most oils, greases, fuel, aliphatic solvents, weak acids, salts and alkalis.
Technical Table Article-No. 596-12671 596-12061 596-12616 596-01120 596-12661 596-12634 596-12615 596-12631 596-12635 596-12617 596-12627 596-12667 596-12669 596-71206 596-12673 596-12666 596-12668 596-12663 596-61206 596-41206 596-12672 596-12665 596-12662 596-12664 Type TAG71TD6-1206 TAG13TD4-1206 TAG16TD3-1206 TAG01TD3-1206 TAG61TD3-1206 TAG34TD3-1206 TAG15TD3-1206 TAG31TD3-1206 TAG35TD3-1206 TAG17TD2-1206 TAG27TD2-1206 TAG67TD2-1206 TAG69TD2-1206 TAG77TD1-1206 TAG73TD1-1206 TAG66TD1-1206 TAG68TD1-1206 TAG63TD1-1206 TAG76TD1-1206 TAG4TD1-1206 TAG72TD1-1206 TAG65TD1-1206 TAG62TD1-1206 TAG64TD1-1206 Colour White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) Width (W) 12.70 19.05 22.86 25.40 25.40 25.40 25.40 25.40 31.75 38.10 38.10 38.10 40.64 50.80 50.80 50.80 63.50 63.50 63.50 65.00 69.85 76.20 76.20 88.90 Height (H) 11.10 6.35 6.35 6.35 4.75 9.53 12.70 19.05 9.53 6.35 19.05 31.75 22.86 22.86 25.40 36.50 25.40 38.10 50.80 20.00 31.75 36.50 50.80 36.50 Width of Liner (WL) 85.09 101.60 80.00 89.00 85.09 101.60 101.60 85.09 85.09 85.09 85.09 69.00 55.00 85.09 89.00 85.09 55.00 95.00 70.00 70.00 76.00 56.80 82.00 95.00 Labels per Row 6 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pack Cont. 15000 10000 10000 7500 10000 7500 7500 5000 7500 5000 2500 2500 2500 2000 2000 1000 2000 1000 500 2500 1000 1000 500 1000
133
4.1
Fragmenting tamper evident security labelling (WH), thermal transfer Material 1208
Features and Benefits The specially formulated material is made to fragment if it is picked. The construction has a weakness built in that will immediately indicate if anyone has been tampering with the label. It is extremely difficult to pick away all the fragments left behind and simply overlabelling will not work. As with all security labelling if another label is applied on top the fragmented label underneath will be seen. Assets can therefore be marked securely and unambiguously. The labels can be printed with customer unique references using text, graphics and barcodes as required. For problem-free printing, we recommend TagPrint PRO software, TT4000 and TT420 printers with TT822OUT ribbons.
A secure way of identifying ...
Material Data
Type 1208, Acrylate foil (AC), white (WH), tamper proof -40 C to +100 C from +10 C Acrylic 50 Resistant to oils, water and solvents
Helatag plain labels
Technical Table Article-No. 596-20871 596-12083 596-12080 596-12084 596-12085 596-12081 596-12082 596-12087 596-12089 596-71208 596-31208 596-12086 596-12088 596-20872 Type TAG71TD6-1208-WH TAG34TD3-1208-WH TAG15TD3-1208-WH TAG31TD3-1208-WH TAG35TD3-1208-WH TAG17TD2-1208-WH TAG27TD2-1208-WH TAG67TD2-1208-WH TAG69TD2-1208-WH TAG77TD1-1208-WH TAG73TD1-1208-WH TAG66TD1-1208-WH TAG68TD1-1208-WH TAG72TD1-1208-WH Colour White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) White (WH) Width (W) 12.70 25.40 25.40 25.40 31.75 38.10 38.10 38.10 40.64 50.80 50.80 50.80 63.50 69.85 Height (H) 11.10 9.53 12.70 19.05 9.53 6.35 19.05 31.75 22.86 22.86 25.40 36.50 25.40 31.75 Width of Liner (WL) 85.09 101.60 101.60 85.09 85.09 85.09 85.09 69.00 55.00 85.09 89.00 85.09 55.00 76.00 Labels per Row 6 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Pack Cont. 15000 7500 7500 5000 7500 5000 2500 2500 2500 2000 2000 1000 2000 1000
134
4.1
Tamper evident 2 piece security labelling (SR / CL), thermal transfer Material 951
Features and Benefits This type of label has been developed especially for the requirements of marking on vehicles. When used in conjunction with the appropriate protective laminate, they are ideal due to their very high durability in outside use. The fraudproof equipment acts as a seal. Since it can only be removed by destroying it, any tampering can be spotted immediately. Use of the type rating plate type 951A in conjunction with the type 951B laminate for chemical and mechanical protection meets the requirements of the KBA (Kraftfahrtbundesamt [Federal Motor Transport Authority]). For problem-free printing, we recommend TagPrint PRO software, TT4000 or TT420 using TT822OUT ribbon. Application Specially for applications in the automotive domain for lasting, non-transferable and tamperproof application of type plates. Recommended for use on flat surfaces on the vehicle chassis. The transparent overlaminate, which overlaps by a few millimetres, guarantees high resistance and is simple and safe to apply by hand. For problem-free printing, we recommend TagPrint PRO software.
Helatag plain label The printed silver type plate (Mat. 951A) is protected by the transparent laminate (Mat 951B). Type plate of an HGV trailer with protective laminate.
Material Data
Material Application
Type 951, Polyester, silver (SR) and Polyester, transparent (CL) Non-transferrable labels for automotive, appliance and electric industries. Tamper indicating labels and seals for over-the-counter drugs and other packaging applications. -40 C to +150 C from 0 C
Operating Temperature Thermal Transfer Printer Curing Temperature
Technical Table Article-No. 596-44951 596-43951 596-42951 596-41951 596-40951 Type TAG25.4-12.7TD1-951 SET TAG50.8-25.4TD1-951 SET TAG63.5-50.8TD1-951 SET TAG101-74TD1-951 SET TAG101-160TD1-951 SET Colour Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Silver (SR) Width (W) 25.40 50.80 63.50 101.60 101.60 Height (H) 12.70 25.40 50.80 74.00 160.00 Width of Liner (WL) 31.50 56.80 69.50 107.00 105.80 Labels per Row 1 1 1 1 1 Pack Cont. 1000 1000 500 250 250
135
5.0
Certificates and Approvals
15 136
Certificates and Approvals
5.0
Certificates and Approvals.

HellermannTytons cable bundling, fastening and fixing solutions conform to all the main international quality standards and industrial norms. To ensure quality and process reliability all products are regularly tested. HellermannTyton are also committed to compliance with customerspecific manufacturing requirements. This is why our cable bundling and fastening solutions also adhere to the automotive industrys strict specifications.
5.1 Appendix
Overview approvals .......................................................................138 Standards for HellermannTyton Cable Ties ....................................140 Standards for HellermannTyton Braided Sleeving ..........................142 Standards for HellermannTyton Helatag Thermal Transfer-Labels ..142 Standards for HellermannTyton Application Tools .........................142 Abbreviations Table for Product Materials and Colours .................143 Application Index .........................................................................144 Alphanumerical Index....................................................................154 Numerical Index.............................................................................158 Contact Information......................................................................168 General Terms and Conditions ......................................................170
16 137
5.1
Appendix
H e l l e r m a n n Ty t o n P r o d u c t S t a n d a r d s
Overview approvals
CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada
cUL
Canadian Underwriters Laboratoties
Canada
BV
Bureau Veritas
France
DEF STAN
Defence Standard
Great Britain
DNV
Det Norske Veritas
Norway
E.D.F.
Electricit de France
France
NF-F
Norme Franaise Ferroviaire
France
GL
Germanischer Lloyd
Germany
LUL
London Underground Tested
Great Britain
MIL
Military Specification
USA
SAE - AMS
Society of Automotive Engineers Aerospace Material Specifications
International
138
Appendix
5.1
Overview approvals
UL, UL224 Underwriters Laboratories (Yellow Card) USA
VDE
German Commission for Electrical, Electronic and Information Technologies of DIN and VDE
Germany
VG
Verteidigungsgertenorm der Bundeswehr
Germany
FIMKO
Suomalainen testaus ja sertifiointiyritys
Finland
DEMKO
Danske Elektriske Materialekontrol
Denmark
NEMKO
Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll
Norway
SEMKO
Sveriges Elektriska Materielkontroll
Sweden
KEMA KEUR
KEMA Quality B.V
The Netherlands
cULus
Underwriters Laboratories
Canada, USA
CEBEC
Comit Electrotechnique Belgic
Belgium
139
5.1
Appendix
Standards for HellermannTyton Cable Ties

UL GL BV DNV VG Underwriters Laboratories (USA) Germanischer Lloyd (Germany) Bureau Veritas (France) Det Norske Veritas (Norway) German Defence Equipment Standard (Germany) Standards VG 95387 T04 Type T18S T18R T18RA T18ROS T18I T18L T25L T25LL T30R T30ROS T30L T30LOS T30LL T30LR T40S T40R T40I T40L T50S T50SOS T50R T50ROS T50RDH T50MOS T50I T50IDH T50L T50LOS T50LDH T50LL T80R T80l T80L T120S T120I T120R T120M T120XM T120L T150R T150M T150L T150LL T150XL T150XLL T250S T250R T250M T250I T250L T250XL T255S T255R T255M LK2 LK2A LK5 Length Width 83 100 100 100 140 200 240 330 150 145 190 200 285 260 145 175 290 365 150 150 200 200 200 245 300 300 390 384 390 445 210 300 390 225 300 380 460 600 760 365 530 820 925 1095 1325 225 520 565 725 880 1030 225 520 565 120 270 535 2,3 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,8 2,8 3,5 3,4 3,5 3,4 3,5 3,3 3,5 4,0 4,0 4,0 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,7 4,7 4,7 7,6 7,6 7,6 7,6 7,6 7,6 7,6 8,9 8,9 8,9 8,9 8,9 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 4,8 4,6 13,2 UL 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GL 2 2 BV 2 DNV 3 3 PA66HS-Natur A201L VG 95387 T04 PA66W-Black A106B VG 95387 T04 PA66-Natural A106A A106A SAE AS23190 (MIL MS 3367) MS 3367-42 MS 3367-42 MS 3367-42 DIN EN 50146 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 SAE MIL DEF STAN E.D.F. DIN EN Society of Automotive Engineers (International) Military Specification (USA) Defence Standard (Great Britain) Electricit de France (France) German Institute for Normes - European Norms (Germany)
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3
3 3 3
A208L
A107B A107B
A107A A107A
MS 3367-52
A207L
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2
2 2 2
3 3 A202L A108B A108A MS 3367-12
2 2
2 2
3 3
A203L A205L
A109B A110B
A109A A110A
MS 3367-72 MS 3367-22
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 A202L A205L 3 3 3 3 A204L A111B A111A MS 3367-32
A112B
A112A
MS 3367-62
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
2 2 2
2 2
140
Appendix
5.1
VG 95387 T04 Type PE180 RPE275 RPE350 PE530 LPH175 LPH275 LPH350 CTT20R CTT60R LRT230 RLT120 RLT150 REL100 REL140 REL250 RT40R RELK2R RELK2M RELK2I RELK2L RT50R RT50S RT250S RT250R RT250M RT250I RT250L RT250XL T18MR IT18R IT18FL T30MR T30RSF IT50RT IT50L T50ML T50MR T50MS IT50R T50RSF T120MR KR6/18 KR6/35 KR8/21 KR8/33
1 2
VG 95387 T04 PA66-Natural E.D.F. HN-33-S-62/97 HN-33-S-62/97 HN-33-S-62/97 HN-33-S-62/97
Length Width 180 275 350 535 175 100 100 100 205 230 340 770 100 140 250 217 200 250 300 350 140 165 230 516 570 729 878 1025 110 102 111 160 165 203 381 400 215 160 203 216 400 180 350 210 330 9,0 9,0 9,0 9,0 9,0 2,5 2,5 2,5 4,7 7,6 7,6 8,9 6,5 7,5 7,5 3,9 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,6 8,6 4,6 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 12,5 2,3 2,3 2,3 3,5 3,5 4,7 4,7 4,6 4,6 4,6 4,7 4,6 7,6 6,0 6,0 8,0 8,0
UL
GL 2
BV 2
PA66W-Black
2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
2 2 2
B001B
B001A
B002B
B002A
B004B
B004A
B005B
B005A
Polyamide 6.6 (PA66), Polyamid 6.6 UV Resistant (W) black Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) natural, Polyamid 6.6 UV Resistant (W) black 3 Polyamide 6.6 (PA66) natural, Polyamide 6.6 Heat stabilised (HS) natural, Polyamide 6.6 UV Resistant (W) black Subject to changes
141
5.1
Appendix
UL LUL VG CSA VDE UL94 MIL DEF STAN
Underwriters Laboratories (USA) London Underground (Great Britain) German Defence Equipment Standard (Germany) Canadian Standards Association (Canada) Verteidigungsgertenorm der Bundeswehr (Germany) Flammability Rating (USA) Military Specification (USA) Defence Standard (Great Britain)
cULus FIMKO DEMKO NEMKO SEMKO KEMA KEUR CEBEC NF-F
Underwriters Laboratories (Canada, USA) Suomalainen testaus- ja sertifiointiyritys (Finland) Danske Elektriske Materialekontrol (Denmark) Norges Elektriske Materiellkontroll (Norway) Sveriges Elektriska Materielkontroll (Sweden) KEMA Quality B.V (Netherlands) Comit Electrotechnique Belgic (Belgium) Norme Franaise Ferroviaire (France)
Standards for HellermannTyton Braided Sleeving

Type Helagaine HEGPV0X Approvals UL NF-F 16101/16102 Mat.tests UL94 V0
Standards for HellermannTyton Helatag Thermal Transfer-Labels

Approvals UL CSA Mat. tests UL94
Type Helatag Thermotransfer, Material 951 Helatag Thermotransfer, Material 1204 Helatag Thermotransfer, Material 1206
MIL
DEF STAN
LUL
VG
Standards for HellermannTyton Application Tools

Type MK7 Application Tool for Cable Ties MK9 Application Tool for Cable Ties Standard MIL MS 90387-1 MS 90387-2 VG VG 95387-105 VG 95387-105
HellermannTyton UL-File Nr.: E 14 35 29 E 19 80 23 E 19 80 24
142
Appendix
A b b r e v i a t i o n s Ta b l e f o r P r o d u c t M a t e r i a l s a n d C o l o u r s
5.1
Abbreviation* ABS ALU AR CN CR EPDM FPM HIR HIRHS HL HS HSW HV IIR PA PA11 PA12 PA46 PA6/PA66 PA66MP PAP PC PE PEEK PEN PET PEX PI PK PO POA POM PP PPESB PPMOD PPO PS PTFE PUR PVC PVDF SI SP SS ST TPE TPU TZ V0 W
Material Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene Aluminium Acryl Cotton Chloroprene Ethylen-Propylen-Dien-Terpolymer-Rubber Fluoroelastomer (Viton) Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified Polyamide 6.6 high impact modified, heat stabilised Halar Polyamide 6.6 heat stabilised Polyamide 6.6 , heat stabilised and UV resistant on request Helvin Butyl rubber Polyamide Polyamide 11 Polyamide 12 Polyamide 4.6 Polyamide 6.6 Polyamide 6.6 with metal particles Paper Polycarbonate Polyethylene PolyEtherEtherKetone Polyethylenaphtalat Polyester Polyolefin, cross-linked Polyimide Polyketone Polyolefin Elastomer modified Polyacetal Polypropylene Polyphenylenether, Polysterene Polypropylene, modified Noryl Polystyrene Polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) Polyurethane Polyvinylchloride Polyvinylidene fluoride Silicone Saturised Polyester Stainless Steel Steel Thermoplastisc Elastomer Thermoplastic Polyurethane Ethylenterafluorineethylene (Tefzel) Polyamide 6.6 Flamability according to UL94V0 Polyamide 6.6 UV resistant
Abbreviation* BK BN BU GD GN GNYE GY OG PK RD SR VT WH
Colour Black Brown Blue Gold Green Green-Yellow Grey Orange Pink Red Silver Violet White
*according to DIN IEC 757
Abbreviation* CL NA YE BE XX BV GC WC
Colour Transparent Natural Yellow Beige Special colour Zinc-plated Metal Brass chromated White Chromated
*according to HellermannTyton
*according to EN ISO 1043 Part 1 and ISO 1629
143
5.1
Appendix
Ka A pb pe l ilc ba it nid oe nr I in nd ne exn v e r z a h n t
Fixing ties for panel thickness

< 1mm T50SST5 T30RSF(U) T50SSL5 T50SL5 T50SSP T50RSP T30RFT5 T50RFT5 T50SFT5 1 - 2 mm 37 T30RSF(U) 38 T18RSF 40 T50SSFM 40 T50RSFM 44 T50VSL5 44 T50SSL5 47 T50SL5 47 T50SSP 47 T50RSP T80RSFT T30RFT5 T50RFT5 T50SFT5 2 - 3 mm 38 T50SL6 40 T50SL7 40 YQR10050 40 RT50RSF 40 RT50SL7 40 RT50SFK 40 T30RFT5 44 T50RFT5 44 T50SFT5 44 T50SOSFT6E 47 T50SDP6 47 FT220DP7 47 T50SFT7 T50RFT8 T50RFT10 T30RSF(U) T50RSF(E) T18RSF T50RSFM T50VSL5 T50SSL5 T50SL5 T80RSFT T50SSFM T50SD6 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD RT50SD6 T50SSL5 T50SL6 RT50RSF T80RSF6.5F T80SSF6.5F T50SST5 T50RSP T50SSFT6.5 T50RSFT6.5 T50RDHSFT6.5 T80ISFT6.5 T50RSFT6.5D18 T50SOSFT6E T50SDP6 T18RFT6 T30LFT6LG T30LRFT6 T30RFT6 37 T50SD6 37 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 37 T50SST5 40 T50RSF(U) 40 T50SSFM 41 T50SOSSFT6.5E 43 T50RSFM 43 T50SSL5 37 T50SL6 44 RT50SFK 45 T80RSF6.5F 45 T80SSF6.5F 45 T50SSP 45 T50RSP 45 T50SSFT6.5 46 T50RSFT6.5 46 T50RDHSFT6.5 47 T80ISFT6.5 47 T50RSFT6.5D18 47 T50SOSFT6E-MOD 47 T50SDP6 47 T18RFT6 47 T30LFT6LG 47 T30LRFT6 47 T30RFT6 47 T30RFT6LG 47 T50RDHFT6 48 T50RFT6 48 T50RFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6 48 T50SFT6 48 T50SFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6SD 48 T80LFT6 41 T80IFT6 41 T80IFT6LG 41 T50SFT7 43 T50RFT7 44 FBS100 FBS140 FBS185 T80RSF6.5FW 37 T30RSF(U) 37 T50RSF(E) 37 T18RSF 38 T50SSFM 40 T50RSFM 37 T50VSL5 40 T50SSL5 40 T50SL5 40 RT50SFK 41 T80RSFT 43 T30RFT5 43 T50RFT5 44 T50SFT5 44 T50SOSSFT6.5E 45 T50SL6 45 FBS100 45 FBS140 45 FBS185 45 T80RSF6.5F 46 T80RSF6.5FW 46 T80SSF6.5F 47 T50SOSFT6E 47 T50SDP6 47 T18RFT6 47 T30LFT6LG 47 T30LRFT6 47 T30RFT6 47 T30RFT6LG 47 T50RDHFT6 47 T50RFT6 47 T50RFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6 48 T50SFT6 48 T50SFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6SD 48 T80LFT6 48 T80IFT6 48 T80IFT6LG 41 T50SFT7 41 T50RFT7 41 43 > 3 mm 40 T50RSF(E) 40 T80RSFT 40 T18RDP5 41 41 41 47 47 47 46 46 46 48 48 48 38 38 40 40 40 40 40 44 40 38 T50RSF (U) 38 T50RSF (E) 40 T50SDP6 40 REL30SDP6 40 T30LFT6LG 40 T30RFT6LG 40 T50RFT6LG 40 T80IFT6LG 41 T50SFT7 44 T50RFT7 47 FBS100 47 FBS140 47 FBS185 37 40 41 41 41 43 43 43 46 46 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 38 T50SD6 38 RT50SFK 46 T50SST5 One piece 38 T50SST5 44 T30RSF(U) 46 T50RSF(E) T18RSF T50SSFM T50RSFM T50VSL5 T50SSL5 T50SL5 RT18RSF T50SSP T50RSP T80RSFT T18RDP5
Fixing ties
Two piece 37 T30RFT5 38 T50RFT5 38 T50SFT5 40 40 40 40 40 40 41 44 44 44 46 Bundling clip 47 LRJ1 47 47 83
Fixing elements
For tubes Connector clip
Hole- < 6,3 mm
37 T50SSFT6.5 41 T50RSFT6.5 37 T50RDHSFT6.5 37 T80ISFT6.5 43 T18RFT6 37 T30LFT6LG 43 T30LRFT6 37 T30RFT6 38 T30RFT6LG 38 T50RDHFT6 40 T50RFT6 40 T50RFT6LG 40 T50ROSFT6 44 T50SFT6 44 T50SFT6LG 44 T50ROSFT6SD 46 T80LFT6 46 T80IFT6 46 T80IFT6LG 41 T50SFT7 41 T50RFT7 41 43
45 CHA1 45 CHA1.5 45 CHA2 45 TC2FT6LG 47 TC4FT6LG 47 TC3FT6LG 47 TC5FT6S 47 CHDP66 47 TCDSFT6-HEX 47 CH20D6 47 COW20DP7 47 COW30DP7 47 SFT65D163 47 Anwickelteil 48 Halter SFT6.5 48 SOC 48 SOC2 48 SOC4 48 SOC5 48 SOC6 48
80 CTC4.5FT6 80 CTC7.5FT6 80 CTC10FT6 81 CTC13FT6 81 OCTCSFT6.5 81 81 81 81 82 82 82 83 83 83 84 84 85 85 85
91 YCC-FT6-S 91 YCCFT6S-2 91 FT6LG.M.St.Aufn.II 91 FT6LG-AMP 93 FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS FT6LG.Yaz.Connect-TS Big YCC TS FT6LG.JAE.Connect.TS Steckerhalter Sitz BigConnectorClip
89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
46 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 47 T80RSF6.5F 47 T50SOSSFT6.5E 47 T80SSF6.5F 48 RT50SD6 48 T50RSF(U) 48 T50RSF(E) 41 T50SSFM 41 T50RSFM 41 T50SL6 T50SSP T50RSP T80RSFT T50SOSFT6E T50SDP6 REL30SDP6 FBS100 FBS140 FBS185 T80RSF6.5FW
Hole- 6,3 - 6,7 mm
T30RFT6LG T50RDHFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6LG T50ROSFT6 T50SFT6 T50SFT6LG T50ROSFT6SD T80LFT6 T80IFT6 T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 FBS100 FBS140 FBS185 T80RSF6.5FW T50SSP
144
Appendix
Application Index
5.1
Fixing elements
Weld stud Stand off clips S2HM25 S2CM25 Fir tree 75 T18RDP 75 T30RFT5 T50RFT5 T50SFT5 Arrow head 46 T50SST5 47 T30RSF(U) 47 T50RSF(E) 47 T18RSF T50SSFM T50RSFM T50VSL5 T50SSL5 T50SL5 RT18RSF T50SSP T50RSP T80RSFT 37 38 38 40 40 40 40 40 40 41 44 44 44 Edge clip Temperature > 125 C T50SST5 T50SSL5 T80RSFT T30RFT5 37 40 44 47 For convoluted tubing Small diameter For distance adjustment LRJ1 83
CH20D6 COW20DP7 COW30DP7 SOC SOC2 SOC4 SOC5 SOC6
82 T50SOSFT6E-MOD 82 T50SDP6 82 FT220DP7 84 REL30SDP6 84 T18RFT6 85 T30RFT6 85 T30RFT6LG 85 T50RDHFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6LG T50ROSFT6 T50SFT6 T50SFT6LG T50ROSFT6SD T80IFT6 T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 CHA2 TC2FT6LG TC4FT6LG TC3FT6S TC5FT6S CHDP66 TCDST6-HEX COW20DP7 COW30DP7 SOC4 SOC5 SOC6 YCCFT6S YCCFT6S-2 FT6LG.M.St.Aufn.II FT6LG-AMP FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS FT6LG.Yaz.Connect-TS Big YCC TS FT6LG.JAE.Connect.TS Steckerhalter Sitz CTC4.5FT6 CTC7.5FT6 CTC10FT6 CTC10FT6LG CTC13FT6 CTC13FT6LG ATSFT6 ATSFT6LG ATSBCFT6LG
46 T50SD6 46 T50SST5 46 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 46 T50SOSSFT6.5E 47 RT50SD6 47 T50RSF(U) 47 T50RSF(E) 47 T50SSFM 47 T50RSFM 47 T50SSL5 47 T50SL6 47 RT50SFK 48 FBS100 48 FBS140 48 FBS185 48 T80RSF6.5F 48 T50SSP 48 T50RSP 80 T50SSFT6.5 81 T50RSFT6.5 81 T50RDSFT6.5 81 T80ISFT6.5 81 CHA1 81 CHA1.5 81 TCSFT6.5CHAMD 82 CH20D6 82 SFT65D163 85 Anwickelteil 85 LRJ1 85 Halter SFT6.5 89 SOC 89 SOC2 89 BigConnectorClip 89 OCTCSFT6.5 89 ATSSFT6.5 89 89 89 89 89 91 91 91 91 91 91 101 101 101
37 37 37 37 37 38 38 40 40 40 40 41 41 41 41 43 44 44 45 45 45 45 80 80 80 82 83 83 83 83 84 84 89 93 101
T50SST5 T50SSL5 T80SSF6.5F T80RSF6.5F T50RFT6 SOC
37 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 40 T50SOSSFT6.5E 43 T50SOSFT6E 43 CTC4.5FT6 47 CTC7.5FT6 84 CTC10FT6 CTC10FT6LG CTC13FT6 CTC13FT6LG OCTCSFT6.5
37 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 37 T50SOSSFT6.5E 46 T50SOSFT6E 91 T50ROSFT6SD 91 ATSFT6 91 ATSFT6LG 91 91 91 93
37 CHA1 37 CHA1.5 46 CHA2 48 TCSFT6.5 CHAMD 101 LRJ1 101
80 80 80 80 83
145
5.1
Appendix

< 1mm T50MD7 T50SL6 T50SL7 RT50RSF RT50SFK T50RSFT6.5D18 T50SOSFT6E T50SDP6 FT220DP7 T18RFT6 T30LFT6LG T30LRFT6 T30RFT6 T30RFT6LG T50RDHFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6LG T50ROSFT6 T50SFT6 T50SFT6LG T50ROSFT6SD T80LFT6 T80IFT6 1 - 2 mm 37 T50MD7 40 T50SL6 40 T50SL7 41 YQR10050 41 RT50RSF 45 RT50SFK 46 T50RSFT6.5D18 46 T50SOSFT6E-MOD 46 T50SDP6 47 FT220DP7 47 T18RFT6 47 T30LFT6LG 47 T30LRFT6LG 47 T30RFT6 47 T30RFT6LG 47 T50RDHFT6 47 T50RFT6 47 T50RFT6LG 47 T50ROSFT6 48 T50SFT6 48 T50SFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6SD 48 T80LFT6 48 T80IFT6 48 T80IFT6LG 48 T50RFT7 48 T50SFT7 48 T50RFT8 37 T50RFT10 RT50SD6 2 - 3 mm 37 T30RSF(U) 40 T50RSF(E) 40 T18RSF 40 T50SSFM 41 T50RSFM 41 T50VSL5 45 T50SSL5 46 T50SL6 46 T50SL7 46 RT18RSF 47 YQR10050 47 RT50RSF 47 RT50SL 47 T50SDP6 47 FT220DP7 47 T18RFT6 47 T30LFT6LG 47 T30LRFT6 47 T30RFT6 48 T30RFT6LG 48 T50RDHFT6 48 T50RFT6 48 T50RFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6 48 T50SFT6 48 T50SFT6LG 48 T50ROSFT6SD 48 T80LFT6 37 T80IFT6 46 T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT8 T50RFT10 > 3 mm 38 YQR10050 38 T50SDP6 40 FT220DP7 40 REL30SDP6 40 T30LFT6LG 40 T30RFT6LG 40 T50RFT6LG 40 T50SFT6LG 40 T80IFT6LG 41 T50SFT7 40 T50RFT7 41 T50RFT8 41 T120IFT9 46 T50RFT10 46 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 One piece 40 T50SD6 46 T50MD7 46 RT50SD6 46 T50RSF(U) 47 T50SL6 47 T50SL7 47 YQR10050 48 RT50SL7 48 RT50RSF 48 T50SOSFT6E 48 T50SDP6 48 FT220DP7 48 REL30SDP6 48
Fixing ties
Two piece 46 T18RFT6 37 T30LFT6LG 37 T30LRFT6 38 T30RFT6 40 T30RFT6LG 40 T50RDHFT6 40 T50RFT6 41 T50RFT6LG 41 T50ROSFT6 46 T50SFT6 46 T50SFT6LG 46 T50ROSFT6SD 46 T80LFT6 T80IFT6 T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT8 T120IFT9 T50RFT10 Bundling clip 47 CHA1 47 CHA1.5 47 CHA2 47 CH20D7 47 COW20DP7 47 COW30DP7 47 SOC 47 SOC2 47 SOC4 47 SOC5 48 SOC6 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
Fixing elements
For tubes 80 CTC7.5FT9 80 CTC10FT9 80 CTC22FT9 82 CTCLprofile 82 82 84 84 85 85 85 Connector clip 91 YCC-FT6-S 91 YCCFT6S-2 91 FT6LG M.St.Aufn.II 93 FT6LG-AMP FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS FT6LG.Yaz.Connect-TS Big YCC TS FT6LG JAEConnectTS Steckerhalter Sitz 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89
Hole- > 6,7 mm
T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT8 T50RFT10 RT50SD6
T50SDOP T50SDOR
37 T50SDOP 37 T50SDOR 40 T80RFT6x12 46 T50SOS2DOP
37 T80RFT6x12 37 T50SOS2DOP 40 46
40 T50SOS2DOP 46
46 T50SDOP T50SDOR T80RFT6x12 T50SOS2DOP
37 37 40 46
Wickelclip VDS TCOP62x122 TCOP70x120
81 RCDD21 81 RCDD24 81 CDD28
93 YCCFT82x185 93 YCCFT62x122 93 CC03 CC04 Steckeraufn.LLFu CCSFT7x12 YCCSFT62122 BigConnectorClip
90 90 90 90 90 90 90 89
Oval hole
T80RFT6x12 T50SOS2DOP
146
Appendix
Application Index
5.1
Fixing elements
Weld stud Stand off clips CH20D7 COW20DP7 COW30DP7 SOC SOC2 SOC4 SOC5 SOC6 MSBT120 S35TM5 CGS1 Fir tree 82 T50SOSFT6E-MOD 82 T50SDP6 82 FT220DP7 84 REL30SDP6 84 T18RFT6 85 T30RFT6 85 T30RFT6LG 85 T50RDHFT6 76 T50RFT6 77 T50RFT6LG 79 T50ROSFT6 T50SFT6 T50SFT6LG T50ROSFT6SD T80IFT6 T80IFT6LG T50SFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT8 T120IFT9 T50RFT10 S3STM50 CHA2 TC2FT6LG TC4FT6LG TC3FT6S TC5FT6S COW20DP7 COW30DP7 SOC4 SOC5 SOC6 YCC-FT6-S YCCFT6S-2 FT6LG.M.St.Aufn.II FT6LG-AMP FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS FT6LG.Yaz.Connect-TS Big YCC TS FT6LG.JAE.Connect.TS Steckerhalter Sitz CTC4.5FT6 CTC7.5FT6 CTC7.5FT9 CTC10FT6 CTC10FT6LG CTC10FT9 CTC13FT6 CTC13FT6LG CTC22FT9 ATSFT8GSD Arrow head 46 T50MD7 46 RT50SD6 46 T50RSF(U) 46 T50SL6 47 T50SL7 47 YQR10050 47 RT50RSF 47 RT50SL 47 RT50SF 47 T50RSFT6.5D18 47 CHA2 47 CHA1.5 48 CH20D7 48 CTCLprofile 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 77 80 81 81 81 81 82 82 85 85 85 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 101 37 37 38 40 40 40 41 41 41 45 80 80 82 93 Edge clip Temperature > 125 C SOC For convoluted tubing 84 T50SOSFT6E-MOD CTC4.5FT6 CTC7.5FT6 CTC7.5FT9 CTC10FT6 CTC10FT6LG CTC10FT9 CTC13FT6 CTC13FT6LG CTC22FT9 Small diameter 46 T50SOSFT6E 91 T50ROSFT6SD 91 ATSFT8GSD 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 For distance adjustment 46 CHA1 48 CHA1.5 101 CHA2 80 80 80
Wickelclip VDS TCOP62x122 TCOP70x120 YCCFT82x185 YCCFT62x122 CC03 CC04 YCCFT62122 T50SOS2DOP
81 T50SDOP 81 T50SDOR 81 T80RFT6x12 90 Steckeraufn.LLFu 90 CCSFT7x12 90 RCCD21 90 RCCD24 90 CCD28 46
37 37 40 90 90 93 93 93
RCCD21 RCCD24 CCD28
93 T50SOS2DOP 93 93
46
147
5.1
Appendix
Application Index

< 1mm 1 - 2 mm 2 - 3 mm > 3 mm One piece T50SOSEC12 T50SOSEC13 T50SOSEC34E T40XEC5E
Fixing ties
Two piece 63 T30REC4A 63 T50ROSEC4A 63 T30REC4B 63 T50ROSEC4B T50ROSEC5A T50ROSEC5B T50ROSEC9 T50ROSEC10 T50ROESEC21 T50ROSEC22 T50ROSEC2.5A T50REC2.5B Bundling clip 62 EC14 62 EC15 62 EC16 62 EC17 62 EC30 62 EC31 62 62 62 62 69 69 For tubes 66 EC27 66 EC39 66 66 66 66
Fixing elements
Connector clip 68 EC6mod 68 EC42 EC43 EC25 EC45 EC JAE CC EC28 EC33 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 Weld stud
Panel thickness 1,0-3,0 mm
Panel thickness > 3,0 mm
T50ROSEC19 T50ROSEC20 T50ROSEC23 T50ROSEC24 ATSEC35 ATSEC36 ATSEC37 ATSEC38
64 64 64 64 101 101 101 101
EC41
68
148
Appendix
Application Index
5.1
Fixing elements
Stand off clips EC30 EC31 66 66 Fir tree Arrow head Edge clip T30REC4B T50ROSEC4B T50ROSEC5A T50ROSEC5B T50ROSEC9 T50ROSEC10 T50ROSEC21 T50ROSEC22 T50SOSEC12E T50SOSEC13E T50SOSEC34 T40XEC5SP-E EC6mod EC42 EC43 EC25 EC45 EC JAE CC EC28 EC33 EC32 EC14 EC15 EC16 EC17 EC30 EC31 CBT30MR EC27 EC39 T50ROSEC2.5A T50REC2.5B ATSEC35 ATSEC36 ATSEC37 ATSEC38 T50ROSEC19 T50ROSEC20 T50ROSEC23 T50ROSEC24 CBTO50R EC41 ATSEC35 ATSEC36 ATSEC37 ATSEC38 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 63 63 63 63 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 66 66 66 66 66 66 67 68 68 69 69 101 101 101 101 64 64 64 64 67 68 101 101 101 101 T50ROSEC19 T50ROSEC20 T50ROSEC23 T50ROSEC24 ATSEC35 ATSEC36 ATSEC37 ATSEC38 64 64 64 64 101 101 101 101 Temperature > 125 C For convoluted tubing T50SOSEC12E T50SOSEC13E T50SOSEC34E Small diameter 63 T50ROSEC9 63 T50ROSEC10 63 T50ROSEC21 T50ROSEC22 T50SOSEC12E T50SOSEC13E T50SOSEC34E ATSEC35 ATSEC36 ATSEC37 ATSEC38 62 62 62 62 63 63 63 101 101 101 101 For distance adjustment
149
5.1
Appendix
Application Index
For Panel thickness

< 1mm TC4FT6LG TC3FTS 1 - 2 mm 81 TC4FT6LG 81 TC3FTS 81 TC5FT6S 81 CHDP66 81 TCSFT6-HEX 81 Wickeclip VDS 2 - 3 mm 81 TC4FT6LG 81 CHDP66 81 TCSFT6-HEX 81 Wickeclip VDS 81 81 > 3 mm 81 Halter SFT6.5 81 OCTC1 81 Wickelclip SBS 81 83 83 86 One piece
Fixing ties
Two piece Bundling clip EC14 EC15 EC16 EC17 TC4FT6LG TC3FT6S CHDP66 TCDSFT6-HEX Wickelclip VDS SOC SOC2 ATSBCFT6LG 66 66 66 66 81 81 81 81 81 84 84 101 66 80 80 80 80 81 81 81 82 82 82 82 83 83 83 85 85 85 86 86 87 87 88 88
Fixing elements
For tubes Connector clip
Bundling clip L 40
TC5FT6S CHDP66 TCSFT6-HEX Wickeclip VDS
CHA1 CHA1.5 CHA2 TCSFT6.5CHAMD TC2FT6LG TCOP62x122 TCOP70x120 CH20D6
80 CHA1 80 CHA1.5 80 CHA2 80 TCSFT6.5CHAMD 81 TC2FT6LG 81 TCOP62x122 81 TCOP70x120 82 CH20D6 82 CH20D7 82 COW20DP7 82 COW30DP7
80 TCOP62x122 80 TCOP70x120 80 TC2FT6LG 80 COW20DP7 81 COW30DP7 81 81 82 82 82 82
81 TCOP62x122 81 TCOP70x120 81 TC2FT6LG 82 82
81 81 81
EC30 CHA1 CHA1.5 CHA2 TCSFT6.5CHAMD TC2FT6LG TCOP62x122 TCOP70x120 CH20D6 CH20D7 COW20DP7 COW30DP7 SFT65D163 Anwickelteil LRJ1 SOC4 SOC5 SOC6 TCSB5CYCC TC-SB5C BC2212 BC30 Connector Clip YAZConnTapeClip
Connector Clip YAZConnTapeClip
88 88
Bundling clip L 55
CH20D7 COW20DP7 COW30DP7
Bundling clip L 60
EC31 Halter SFT6.5 OCTC1 Wickelclip-SB5 YCC-FT6-S YCCFT6-S2 FT6LG.M.St.Auf.II 89 YCC-FT6-S 89 YCCFT6-S2 89 FT6LG.M.St.Aufn.II 89 FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. 89 FT6S-Y-Conn-TS 89 FT6LG .Yaz.Connect-TS 90 YCCFT62x122 90 CC03 90 CC04 90 YCCFT62Y122 89 FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. 89 FT6LG .Yaz.Connect-TS 89 YCCFT62x122 89 CC03 89 CC04 89 90 90 90 90 89 FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. 89 FT6LG .Yaz.Connect-TS 90 YCCFT62x122 90 CC03 90 CC04 89 89 90 90 90 Connector Clip YazConnTapeClip
66 Halter SFT6.5 83 OCTC1 83 Wickelclip-SB5 86 88 88
83 83 86
EC6mod EC42 EC43 TCSB5CYCC Connector Clip YCC-FT6-S YCCFT6S-2 FT6LG.M.St.Aufn.II FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS YCCFT82x185 YCCFT62x122 CC03 CC04 YCCSFT62122
65 65 65 86 88 89 89 89 89 89 90 90 90 90 90 65 65 89 89 90 90 65 65 65 89 65 89 89
Yazaki-Connector clip AMP Connector Clip
FT6LG.M.Steckeraufn. FT6S-Y-Conn-TS FT6LG .Yaz.Connect-TS YCCFT62x122 CC03 CC04 YCCFT62Y122
FT6LG-AMP Steckerhalter Sitz CCSFT7x12
89 FT6LG-AMP 89 Steckerhalter Sitz 90 Steckeraufn.LL Fu CCSFT7x12
89 FT6LG-AMP 89 Steckerhalter Sitz 90 90
89 FT6LG-AMP 89
89
EC28 EC33 FT6LG-AMP Steckerhalter Sitz Steckeraufn.LL Fu CCSFT7x12
others Connector
BigConnectorClip
89 BigConnectorClip
89 BigConnectorClip
89
EC45 EC JAE CC EC32 FT6LGJAEConnect.TS
JAE -
clip
Big YCC TS
89 Big YCC TS
89 Big YCC TS
89 Big YCC TS
89
EC25 Big YCC TS BigConnectorClip
150
Appendix
Application Index
5.1
Fixing elements
Weld stud Stand off clips Fir tree Arrow head Edge clip Temperature > 125 C For convoluted tubing Small diameter For distance adjustment
TCSB5CYCC TC-SB5C BC2212 BC30
86 EC30 86 87 87
66 CHA2
80 CHA1 CHA1.5 TCSFT6.5CHAMD
80 EC30 80 80
66
CHA1 CHA1.5 CHA2 TCSFT6.5CHAMD LRJ1 Connector Clip
80 80 80 80 83 88
Wickelclip SB5
86 EC31
66
EC31
66
TCSB5CYCC
89
EC6mod EC42 EC43
65 65 65
Connector Clip
88
EC28 EC33
65 65
EC45 EC JAE CC EC32
65 65 65
EC25
65
151
5.1
Appendix

< 1mm 1 - 2 mm 2 - 3 mm > 3 mm One piece T50SOSSBH5E T50SSBS55OTE T50SOSSBS5E T50SOSWSP5E-2 FBB100 FBB100M FBB140 FBB140M FBB185 FBB185M SBR5 T50RS5 RT50RS5 SBS9/230 SB9/230 SB14/172 SB14/230 = 5 mm
Fixing ties
Two piece 49 T30RSBH5 49 T50RSBH5 50 T50ROSSBH5SD 50 T80ISBH5 52 T30RSBS5 52 T50ROSSBS5 52 T50RSBS5 52 T50SSBS5 52 T80ISBS5 52 T30RSB5 52 T50SSB5 55 T50RSB5 55 T50ROSSB5 55 T50SDSBS5 55 T50ROSDSBS5 55 55 Bundling clip 56 Wickelclip SB5 56 TCSB5CYCC 56 TCSB5C 56 BC2212 56 BC30 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57
Fixing elements
For tubes 86 Wickelclip SB5 86 86 87 87 Connector clip 86 TCSB5CYCC 86
Weld stud-
T50SOSSB6HE WSS250 WSI250 WSR250 = 6 mm DCT9 DCT11
50 51 51 51 53 53
CTC4.5SBS6 CTC7.5SBS6 CTC10SBS6 CTC13SBS6 CTC17SBS6
92 92 92 92 92
=8 mm
SBR8S SDCTR312 WSS380 WSI380 WSR380 Bracket pipe line
52 54 51 51 51 60 T50SVC4 T50SVC5 T50ROC1A 58 58 59 T50SVC4 T50SVC5 Bracket KBLS Bracket pipe line Cable Clip CTC4.5FT6LG T50SVC65 58 59 59 59 OCTC1 59 Halter SFT6.5 59 Wickelclip SB5 T50SVCC65 EC41 T30ROC2 CTC7.5FT6LG 83 T50SMVCOC10-4 83 T50ROC10-14CBTO-SD 86 CTC10F T50ROC1A CTC13FT6 T50SMVCOC1518 T50ROC15-18CBTO-SD-SET 59 59 T50SMVCOC1518 T50ROC15-18CBTO-SD-SET EC27 EC39 CTC17SBS6 T50SMVCOC1924 T50ROCOC19-245CBTO-SD-SET 59 59 T50SMVCOC1924 T50ROCOC19-245CBTO-SD-SET EC27 CTC22FT6LG 58 58 60 60 60 91 58 68 59 91 59 59 91 59 91 59 59 68 68 92 59 59 68 91
8 mm
5 mm
= 9 mm
T50ROC1A T30ROC2 T50ROC1A T50SMVCOC1014 T50ROC10-14CBTO-SD-SET
Nominal width
> 24,5 mm
19-24,5 mm
15-18 mm
10-14 mm
CGS1
79
152
Appendix
Application Index
Fixing elements
Weld stud T50SOSSBH5E T50SSBS5OTE T50SOSSB5HEC T50SOSSBS5E T50SPSWSP5E2 FBB100 FBB140 FBB185 FBB100M FBB140M FBB185M T50RS5 RT50RS5 SBS9/230 SB9/230 SB14/172 SB14/230 T30RSBH5 T50RSBH5 T50ROSSBH5S T80ISBH5 T30RSBS5 T50ROSSBS5 T50RSBS5 T50SSBS5 T80ISBS5 T30RSB5 T50SSB5 T50RSB5 T50ROSSB5 T50SDSBS5 T50ROSSDSBS5 Wickelclip SB5 TCSB5CYCC TC-SB5C BC2212 BC30 T50SOSSB6HE WSS250 WSI250 WSR250 DCT9 DCT11 CTC4.5SBS6 CTC7.5SBS6 CTC10SBS6 CTC13SBS6 CTC17SBS6 SBR8S SDCTR312 WSS380 WSI380 WSR380 CTC4.5SBS6 49 49 50 50 50 52 52 52 52 52 52 55 55 55 55 55 55 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 57 86 86 86 87 87 50 51 51 51 53 53 92 92 92 92 92 52 54 51 51 51 92 Bracket KBLS 60 CTC4.5FT6 91 SBR8S 52 T50SOSSB6HE CTC4.5SBS6 CTC7.5SBS6 CTC10SBS6 CTC13SBS6 CTC17SBS6 91 T50SOSSB6HE 91 91 91 91 91 50 T50SOSSB6HE 50 Stand off clips Fir tree Arrow head Edge clip Temperature > 125 C For convoluted tubing T50SOSSBH5E T50SOSSBH5ECC T50SOSSBS5E T50SOSWSPE-2 Small diameter 93 T50RSB5CSD 93 T50ROSSB5CSD 93 T50ROSSBH5SD 93 T50SOSSBH5E T50SOSSBH5ECC T50SOSSBS5E T50SOSWSP5E-2 T50ROSSBH5SD T50RSB5C-SD T50ROSSB5C-SD For distance adjustment 56 T50SOSSBH5EC 56 T50SOSWSP5E 56 T30RSB5 49 T50SSB5 50 T50RSB5 50 T50ROSSB5 50 Wickelclip SB5 56 TCSB5CYCC 56 TC-SB5C 56 BC2212 BC30 T30RSBH5 T50RSBH5 T50ROSSBH5SD T80ISBH5 T50RSB5CSD T50ROSSB5CSD 49 50 56 56 56 56 86 86 86 87 87 56 56 56 56 56 56
5.1
CTC7.5SBS6
92
EC41
68 T30ROC2
59 CTC7.5FT6 CTC7.5FT9
91 92
Wickelcip SB5 CTC10SBS6 CTC13SBS6
86 92 92
CTC10FT6 CTC10FT9 CTC13FT6 CTC13FT9
92 92 92 92
CTC17SBS6
92
EC39 EC27
68 68
EC27
68
CTC22FT9 RCCD21 RCCD24 OCTCSFT6
50 50 50 50
CCD28
49
153
5.1
Appendix
Alphanumerical Index
Type AHC1AH HEGPA6630

Type AHC1AH AHC2AH AHC2BH AHC2SS AHC3BHR AHC3CHR AHC3SB AHC4AH ANWICKELTEIL ATS BC FT6 LG ATS BC SFT 6,5 ATS BCSFT ATS EC35 ATS EC36 ATS EC37 ATS EC38 ATS FT6 ATS FT6 LG ATS FT8G SD ATS SFT 6.5 ATS3080 Complete ATS3080 jaw 30 mm ATS3080 jaw 50 mm Article-No. 151-00212 151-00210 151-00208 151-00206 151-00370 151-00371 151-00373 151-00374 155-11601 102-67065 102-69066 102-69065 102-68350 102-68360 102-68370 102-68380 102-67060 102-67061 102-67080 102-69060 102-00000 102-30000 102-50000 Page 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 83 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 100 99 99 99 99 102 87 87 35 35 35 35 89 102 102 102 100 89 60 60 60 67 67 90 90 90 90 Type CCSFT7x12 CGS1 CH20D6 CH20D7 CHA 1.5 CHA1 CHA2 CHDP66 CONNECTOR CLIP COW20DP7 COW30DP7 CT203 CT375 CTC4.5FT6LG CTC4.5SBS6 CTC7.5FT6LG CTC7.5FT9 CTC7.5SBS6 CTC10FT6 CTC10FT6LG CTC10FT9 CTC10SBS6 CTC13FT6 CTC13FT6LG CTC13SBS6 CTC17SBS6 CTC22FT9 CTCLPROFILE CTT20R CTT20R CTT20R CTT60R CTT60R CTT60R CTT60R Cable Clip Closures Black ATS3080 Article-No. 151-00222 151-00006 151-00077 151-02600 150-50197 150-08110 151-02901 150-07010 150-41397 151-03100 151-03200 132-20360 132-37540 151-14314 151-00700 151-14313 155-31602 151-00701 151-14311 151-00018 155-17801 151-00702 151-14312 151-00019 151-00703 151-00010 155-25201 151-00026 112-51960 112-51919 112-51900 112-56060 112-56019 112-52112 112-52104 151-14200 102-66210 Page 90 79 82 82 80 80 80 81 88 82 82 35 35 91 92 91 91 92 91 91 91 92 91 91 92 92 91 93 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 60 101 101 108, 110 102 93 53 53 35 71 72 65 Type EC6mod EC14 EC15 EC16 EC17 EC27 EC28 EC30 EC31 EC32 EC33 EC39 EC41 EC42 EC43 EC45 EPS-300 6/2 EPS-300 9/3 EPS-300 12/4 EPS-300 19/6 EPS-300 40/13 EPS-400 4/1 EPS-400 8/2 EPS-400 12/3 EPS-400 16/4 EPS-400 24/6 EPS-400 32/8 Edge-Clip25 FBB100 FBB100M FBB140 FBB140M FBB185 FBB185M FBS100 FBS140 FBS185 FT6 LG-AMP FT6LG.JAE.CONNECT.TS FT6LG.M.ST.AUFN.II FT6LG.M.STECKERAUFN. FT6LG.YAZ.CONNECT-TS FT6S-Y-CONN-TS FT220DP7 HDM19 HDM25 HDM312 Article-No. 151-00464 151-03404 151-03401 151-03402 151-03403 151-00161 151-00151 151-00022 151-00152 151-00173 151-00192 151-00174 151-00234 151-00429 151-00430 151-00460 340-06020 340-09030 340-12040 340-19060 340-40130 341-04010 341-08020 341-12030 341-16040 341-24060 341-32080 133-00075 150-28100 150-29100 150-28140 150-29140 150-28180 150-29180 150-26100 150-26140 150-26180 155-03800 151-00459 155-32602 155-18901 155-30702 155-43702 150-01700 151-00134 151-00437 151-00439 Page 65 66 66 66 66 68 65 66 66 65 65 68 68 65 65 65 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 65 52 52 52 52 52 52 41 41 41 89 89 89 89 89 89 46 73 73 73 Type HDM320 HDM321 HDM375BDM HDM400 HDM401 HDM500 HDM501 HEGEMIP04 HEGEMIP06 HEGEMIP08 HEGEMIP10 HEGEMIP12 HEGEMIP14 HEGEMIP16 HEGEMIP18 HEGEMIP20 HEGEMIPV004 HEGEMIPV006 HEGEMIPV008 HEGEMIPV010 HEGEMIPV012 HEGEMIPV014 HEGEMIPV016 HEGEMIPV018 HEGEMIPV020 HEGP03 HEGP04 HEGP05 HEGP06 HEGP08 HEGP10 HEGP12 HEGP15 HEGP20 HEGP25 HEGP30 HEGP40 HEGP50 HEGPA6604 HEGPA6606 HEGPA6608 HEGPA6610 HEGPA6612 HEGPA6616 HEGPA6620 HEGPA6625 HEGPA6630 Article-No. 151-00444 151-00441 151-00456 151-00445 151-00442 151-00446 151-00443 173-00400 173-00600 173-00800 173-01000 173-01200 173-01400 173-01600 173-01800 173-02000 173-60400 173-60600 173-60800 173-61000 173-61200 173-61400 173-61600 173-61800 173-62000 170-10300 170-10400 170-10500 170-10600 170-10800 170-11000 170-11200 170-11500 170-12000 170-12500 170-13000 170-14000 170-15000 170-40400 170-40600 170-40800 170-41000 170-41200 170-41600 170-42000 170-42500 170-43000 Page 74 73 74 74 73 74 73 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124
ATS3080 jaw 50 mm f. fixing p. 102-55000 ATS3080 jaw 80 mm Autotool 2000 BC30 BC2212 BHT203 BHT203M BHT375 BHT375M BIG CONNECTOR CLIP Battery Charger Battery Pack Bench Mount Kit Bench Mount Kit Big YCC TS Bracket KBLS Bracket brake line Bracket brake line CBT30MR CBTO50R CC03 CC04 CCSFT7x12 CCSFT7x12 102-80000 120-00000 151-00016 151-00017 150-20395 150-20396 150-37595 150-47595 150-54498 120-00020 120-00030 120-00040 102-00040 151-00235 151-14202 148-00101 148-00100 156-00049 156-01601 151-00496 151-00597 151-00595 151-00194
Closures Natural ATS3080 102-66209 Compressed-air hose Control Box Corrugated Cond D28 DCT9 DCT11 DE863220 DSWS4 DSWS5 EC JAE CC 110-30002 120-00060 151-00598 115-00034 115-00033 132-00200 151-06500 151-06502 151-00472
154
Appendix
5.1
Type HEGPA6640 T30LL

Type HEGPA6640 HEGPA6650 HEGPA6660 HEGPL03 HEGPL06 HEGPL12 HEGPL20 HEGPL30 HEGPL40 HEGPL50 HEGPV0X03 HEGPV0X06 HEGPV0X09 HEGPV0X12 HEGPV0X20 HEGPV0X30 HEGPV0X40 HEGPV0X50 HEGPV004 HEGPV006 HEGPV008 HEGPV012 HEGPV020 HEGPV030 HEGPV040 HEGPV050 HEGPX03 HEGPX06 HEGPX09 HEGPX12 HEGPX20 HEGPX30 HEGPX40 HEGSAS04 HEGSAS06 HEGSAS09 HEGSAS12 HEGSAS15 HEGSAS20 HEGSAS30 HEGSAS40 HELAHOOK10 HELAHOOK15 HELAHOOK20 HELAHOOK25 HELAHOOK30 HH20 Article-No. 170-44000 170-45000 170-46000 170-80503 170-80506 170-80512 170-80520 170-80530 170-80540 170-80550 170-50030 170-50060 170-50090 170-50120 170-50200 170-50300 170-50400 170-50500 170-30400 170-30600 170-30800 170-31200 170-32000 170-33000 170-34000 170-35000 170-00030 170-00060 170-00090 170-00120 170-00200 170-00300 170-00400 170-60401 170-60600 170-60900 170-61200 170-61500 170-62000 170-63000 170-64000 170-05100 170-05150 170-05200 170-05250 170-05300 120-00080 Page 124 124 124 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 129 129 129 129 129 102 Type HRT50R HT120R Halter SFT6.5 IAHC1T IAHC2T IAHC3AH IAHC3BH IAHC3CH IAHC3T IAHC4AH IAHC4CH IAHC4T IAHC5BH IAHC5T IPC10AH IPC10P IPC13AH IPC13P IPC15AH IPC15P IPC23AH IPC23P KR6/8 KR6/35 KR6/35 KR6/35 KR8/21 KR8/21 KR8/21 KR8/33 KR8/33 KR8/33 KR8/33 KR8/33 KR8/33 KR8/43 KR8/43 KR8/50 KR8/50 KR8/50 KR8/60 KR8/60 KR8/70 KR8/70 KR8/80 KR8/80 KR8/100 Article-No. 112-00001 112-00100 133-00067 151-00223 151-00199 151-00197 151-00379 151-00381 151-00213 151-00211 151-00383 151-00207 151-00205 151-00195 151-00096 151-14400 151-14130 151-14132 151-14500 151-14502 151-14601 151-14603 121-00680 121-63560 121-63555 121-63519 121-82119 121-82155 121-82160 121-83319 121-83345 121-83355 121-83360 121-83378 121-83380 121-74359 121-74360 121-05019 121-05051 121-05060 121-06060 121-06019 121-07019 121-07060 121-08019 121-08060 121-10019 Page 26 26 83 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 113 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 Type KR8/100 KR8/110 KR8/110 KR8/120 KR8/150 KR8/C5 KR8/C5 KR8/C5 KR8/S1 KR8/S1 KR8/S1 KR8PNSE LHT370 LRJ1 Lock cap tensioning knob MK3PNSP2 MK3SP MK6 MK7 MK7HT MK7P MK9 MK9HT MK9P MK9P MSBT120 OCTC1 OCTCSFT6.5 Overhead Dispenser Overhead Suspender PT2A Power Pack Power Pack ATS3080 REL30SDP6 RT18RSF RT50RS5 RT50RSF RT50SD6 RT50SFK RT50SFK RT50SL7 Replacement Blade Replacement Blade Article-No. 121-10060 121-11051 121-11060 121-12019 121-15019 121-58519 121-58551 121-58560 121-98119 121-98151 121-98160 121-00889 132-00000 151-08101 110-07200 110-03400 110-03500 110-06000 110-07500 110-07000 110-07100 110-09500 110-09000 110-09110 110-09100 151-29301 151-00447 151-00021 102-00050 120-00050 118-00032 120-00010 102-00010 150-55500 115-01900 115-07110 115-07010 111-85480 115-06960 115-00024 126-00011 110-09111 110-07111 Page 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 113 35 83 111 110 108 109 108 108 111 109 109 112 112 76 83 93 100 102 31 102 100 46 41 55 41 37 41 41 41 112 111 93 93 75 75 Type S3STM50 SAM83 SAOM82 SB9/230 SB14/172 SB14/230 SBR5 SBR5 SBR8S SBS9/230 SDCTR312 SFT65D163 SOC4 M.FT6 SOC5FT6LG SOC6 STAND OFF CLIP STAND OFF CLIP STAND-OFF-CLIP-2 STECKERAUFN.LL-FUSS STECKERHALTER SITZ Strap Black ATS3080 Strap Natural ATS3080 T18I T18I T18L T18L T18R T18R T18RA50 T18RA50 T18RA3500 T18RA3500 T18RA3500 T18RDP5 T18RFT6 T18ROS T18ROS T18ROS T18RSF T18RSF T18S T25L T25LL T30L T30L T30LFT6LG T30LL Article-No. 151-29500 151-29600 151-29701 150-10900 150-10690 150-11400 131-60060 151-01000 131-60058 150-10901 117-00012 151-00431 155-30902 151-00074 151-00023 150-45398 150-45397 155-01600 155-43802 155-36002 102-66110 102-66109 111-02359 111-02358 111-02049 111-02159 111-01950 111-01959 120-04019 120-04010 120-50010 120-50009 120-46009 150-55610 150-09110 118-00039 118-00035 118-04702 111-85519 111-85560 111-02815 111-02501 111-02602 111-03459 111-03450 150-31097 111-00278 Page 77 78 78 55 55 55 52 52 52 55 54 83 85 85 85 84 84 84 90 89 101 101 23 23 23 23 23 23 105 105 105 105 105 46 47 30 30 30 40 40 23 23 23 23 23 47 23
Retainer Corrugated Cond. D21150-92300 Retainer Corrugated Cond. D24155-04000 S2CM25 S2HM25 151-29400 151-29403
155
5.1
Appendix
Type T30LL T80R

Type T30LL T30LL T30LOS T30LOS T30LR T30LR T30LRFT6 T30R T30R T30REC4A T30REC4B T30RFT5 T30RFT5 T30RFT5 T30RFT6 T30RFT6LG T30ROC2 T30ROC2 T30ROS T30ROS T30ROS T30RSB5 T30RSBH5 T30RSBS5 T30RSF(U) T30RSF(U) T40I T40L T40R T40R T40XEC5SP-E T50I T50I T50IDH T50IDH T50IDH T50IFT7 T50IFT7 T50L T50L T50LDH T50LDH T50LDH T50LDH T50LOS T50M T50MD7 Article-No. 111-03640 111-03569 118-00044 118-04900 111-04404 111-04401 150-77932 111-03250 111-03259 150-76090 150-76080 150-55850 150-55940 150-55948 150-77950 150-31090 156-00013 156-00014 118-00064 118-04800 118-00014 150-10140 150-16941 150-21290 111-85610 111-85603 111-04614 111-04314 111-03970 111-03859 133-00059 117-05250 111-05259 117-05362 117-05360 117-05302 150-00700 156-00903 111-05436 111-05450 117-05402 117-05460 117-00008 117-05400 118-05900 111-06205 111-85850 Page 23 23 30 30 23 23 47 23 23 62 62 47 47 47 47 47 59 59 30 30 30 56 56 56 38 38 23 23 23 23 63 24 24 28 28 28 48 48 24 24 28 28 28 28 30 23 37 Type T50MD7 T50MOS T50MOS T50MOS T50MOS T50R T50R T50RDH T50RDH T50RDH T50RDH T50RDH T50RDHFT6 T50RDHSFT6.5 T50REC2.5B T50RFT5 T50RFT5 T50RFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6 T50RFT6LG T50RFT6OVAL T50RFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT7 T50RFT8 T50RFT8 T50RFT8 T50RFT10 T50RFT10 T50ROC1A Article-No. 126-00800 118-00055 118-00022 118-00021 118-00018 111-04950 111-04882 117-05060 117-05050 117-00004 117-05000 117-05002 150-77936 117-05160 150-45292 156-00025 150-55941 156-05308 156-05300 150-77941 150-77938 150-31091 150-37591 156-05311 156-05312 111-85870 156-00044 156-05320 111-85880 156-05301 111-85810 156-00036 Page 37 30 30 30 30 23 23 28 28 28 28 28 47 45 69 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 59 59 59 59 30 30 30 30 30 69 57 62 62 62 62 62 Type T50ROSEC10 T50ROSEC19 T50ROSEC20 T50ROSEC21 T50ROSEC22 T50ROSEC23 T50ROSEC24 T50ROSFT6 T50ROSFT6SD T50ROSSB5 T50ROSSB5CSD T50ROSSBH5SD T50ROSSBS5 T50RS5 T50RSB5 T50RSB5CSD T50RSBH5 T50RSBS5 T50RSF(E) T50RSF(E) T50RSFM T50RSFT6.5 T50RSFT6.5D18 T50RSP T50S T50S T50SD6 T50SD6 T50SDOP T50SDOR* T50SDP6 T50SDP6 T50SDSBS5 T50SFT5 T50SFT6 T50SFT6 T50SFT6LG T50SFT7 T50SL5 T50SL5 T50SL5 T50SL6 T50SL6 T50SL7 T50SL7 T50SMVCOC1014 T50SMVCOC1518 Article-No. 156-05904 156-04602 156-00020 156-00010 156-00011 156-00006 156-00007 156-00076 156-05902 150-10149 156-05906 156-05905 150-21299 111-07110 150-10141 156-00083 150-16943 150-21291 126-01001 111-85799 111-85729 150-13591 150-37691 150-35930 111-05850 111-05859 126-01401 111-85350 126-00015 126-01601 150-55550 157-01104 150-56193 150-55943 156-01500 150-77933 150-31093 156-01503 126-00005 111-85369 126-00001 111-85460 111-85469 126-00027 111-85479 156-00128 156-00129 Page 62 64 64 62 62 64 64 47 48 56 56 56 56 55 56 56 56 56 38 38 40 45 45 44 23 23 37 37 37 37 46 46 57 47 47 48 48 48 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 59 59 Type T50SMVCOC19245 T50SOS T50SOS T50SOS T50SOS T50SOS2DOP T50SOSEC12E T50SOSEC13E T50SOSEC34E T50SOSFT6E-MOD T50SOSSB5-High-E-C-CC T50SOSSB6HE T50SOSSBH5E T50SOSSBS5E T50SOSSFT6.5E T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD T50SOSWSP5E-2 T50SSB5 T50SSBS5 T50SSBS50TE T50SSFM T50SSFM T50SSFM T50SSFT6.5 T50SSL5 T50SSL5 T50SSL5 T50SSP T50SST5 T50SST5 T50SST5 T50SVC4 T50SVC5 T50SVC65 T50VSL5 T80I T80I T80IFT6 T80IFT6LG T80ISBH5 T80ISBS5 T80ISFT6.5 T80L T80L T80LFT6 T80R Article-No. 156-00130 118-05859 118-05850 118-05860 118-05878 157-00014 148-00200 126-00000 126-00036 157-00033 157-00037 155-46302 155-05701 155-12300 126-03102 126-03100 156-00264 133-00391 150-10144 150-21293 155-30602 126-00032 111-85739 126-01104 150-13593 111-85339 111-85395 126-02204 150-35932 126-00017 126-02300 150-35395 156-00318 155-31202 156-00155 111-85329 111-08259 111-08250 150-77937 150-31096 150-16945 150-21297 150-13596 111-05459 111-00388 150-77934 117-08070 Page 59 30 30 30 30 46 63 63 63 46 50 50 49 50 37 37 37 50 56 56 49 40 40 40 45 40 40 40 44 37 37 37 58 58 58 40 24 24 48 48 56 56 45 24 24 48 24
T50ROC10-14CBTO-SD-SET 156-00416 T50ROC15-18CBTO-SD-SET 156-00419 T50ROC19-24.5CBTO-SD-SET 156-00422 T50ROS T50ROS T50ROS T50ROS T50ROS T50ROS-EC2,5 T50ROSDSBS5 T50ROSEC4A T50ROSEC4B T50ROSEC5A T50ROSEC5B T50ROSEC9 118-00040 118-05060 118-05050 118-05059 118-05078 150-45299 150-56199 150-76099 150-76079 150-40591 150-40581 156-05903
156
Appendix
5.1
Type T80R YQR10050

Type T80R T80R T80RFT6X12 T80RFT6X12 T80RSF6.5F T80RSF6.5F T80RSF6.5FW T80RSFT T80RSFT T80RSFT T80SSF6.5F T120IFT9 T120L T120L T120M T120R(E) T120R(E) T120ROS T120ROS T120S T120S T120XM T120XM T150L T150M T150R(H) T150XL TAG01TD3-1206 TAG02TD1-1204 TAG4TD1-1206 TAG13TD4-1204 TAG13TD4-1206 TAG15TD3-1204 TAG15TD3-1206 TAG15TD3-1208-WH TAG16TD3-1204 TAG16TD3-1206 TAG17TD2-1204 TAG17TD2-1206 TAG17TD2-1208-WH Article-No. 111-05059 111-08005 150-48396 150-48397 150-39395 126-02600 150-39385 126-02500 150-15493 150-15498 150-39392 156-00200 111-12440 111-12449 111-00153 111-12050 111-12059 118-00067 118-00066 111-12850 111-12824 111-00280 111-12719 111-15410 111-15609 111-15069 111-15510 596-01120 596-21204 596-41206 596-12043 596-12061 596-12045 596-12615 596-12080 596-12046 596-12616 596-12047 596-12617 596-12081 Page 24 24 40 40 43 43 43 44 44 44 43 48 24 24 24 24 24 30 30 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 133 132 133 132 133 132 133 134 132 133 132 133 134 135 132 133 134 132 133 134 Type TAG34TD3-1204 TAG34TD3-1206 TAG34TD3-1208-WH TAG35TD3-1204 TAG35TD3-1206 TAG35TD3-1208-WH Article-No. 596-34120 596-12634 596-12083 596-12035 596-12635 596-12085 Page 132 133 134 132 133 134 135 133 132 133 135 132 133 132 133 132 133 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 134 132 133 132 133 134 132 132 135 135 Type TAGR2TD1-1204 TAGR3TD1-1204 TC-SB5C TC2FT6LG TC3FT6S TC4FT6LG TC4FT6LG-A TC5FT6S TCDSFT6-HEX TCN20 1,2/0,6 TCN20 1,6/0,8 TCN20 2,4/0,8 TCN20 2,4/1,2 TCN20 3,2/1,2 TCN20 3,2/1,6 TCN20 4,8/1,6 TCN20 4,8/2,4 TCN20 6,4/3,2 TCN20 6,6/2,4 TCN20 9,5/3,2 TCN20 9,5/4,8 TCN20 12,7/4,8 TCN20 12,7/6,4 TCN20 19,0/6,4 TCN20 19,1/9,5 TCN20 25,4/9,5 TCN20 25,4/12,7 TCN20 38,0/12,7 TCN20 38,1/19,1 TCN20 50,8/25,4 TCOP62x122 TCOP70x120 TCSB5CYCC TCSFT6.5SCHAMD TFE2-0 TFE2-2 TFE2-4 TFE2-6 TFE2-8 TFE2-10 TFE2-12 TFE2-14 TFE2-16 TFE2-18 TFE2-20 TFE2-22 TFE2-24 Article-No. 596-12042 596-31204 151-26101 155-30802 151-00028 151-00215 151-00467 150-95500 155-39002 300-73010 300-73020 300-73130 300-73030 300-73140 300-73040 300-73150 300-73050 300-73060 300-73160 300-73170 300-73070 300-73180 300-73080 300-73190 300-73090 300-73200 300-73100 300-73210 300-73110 300-73120 151-00605 151-00029 151-00484 151-00153 336-01209 336-01109 336-00949 336-00779 336-00619 336-00489 336-00399 336-00319 336-00249 336-00199 336-00159 336-00149 336-00139 Page 132 132 86 81 81 81 81 81 81 118 118 119 118 119 118 119 118 118 119 119 118 119 118 119 118 119 118 119 118 118 81 81 86 80 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 Type TFE2-26 TFE2-28 TFE2-30 TFE4-1 TFE4-1 1/4 TFE4-1/2 TFE4-1/4 TFE4-1/8 TFE4-3/4 TFE4-3/8 TFE4-3/16 TFE4-5/8 TFE4-5/64 WICKELCLIP-SB5 WICKELCLIP-VDS WSI WSI250 WSI380 WSI380 WSR WSR250 WSR380 WSR380 WSS WSS250 WSS380 WSS380 X120R YAZ-CONN-TAPE-CLIP YCC-FT6-S YCCFT6S-2 YCCFT62x122 YCCFT82x185 YCCSFT62122 YQR10016 YQR10050 Article-No. 336-00109 336-00099 336-00079 339-02549 339-03189 339-01279 339-00649 339-00329 339-01909 339-00959 339-00340 339-01599 339-00209 155-23701 155-16301 111-12301 157-00401 157-00404 157-00407 111-12302 157-00402 157-00405 157-00408 111-12300 157-00400 157-00406 157-00403 111-00833 155-31102 155-38102 151-00606 151-00180 151-00704 151-00513 126-03000 111-85781 Page 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 86 81 25 51 51 51 25 51 51 51 25 51 51 51 24 88 89 89 90 90 90 41 40
TAG50.8-25.4TD1-951 SET 596-43951 TAG61TD3-1206 TAG62TD1-1204 TAG62TD1-1206 596-12661 596-12062 596-12662
TAG63.5-50.8TD1-951 SET 596-42951 TAG63TD1-1204 TAG63TD1-1206 TAG64TD1-1204 TAG64TD1-1206 TAG65TD1-1204 TAG65TD1-1206 TAG66TD1-1204 TAG66TD1-1206 TAG66TD1-1208-WH TAG67TD2-1204 TAG67TD2-1206 TAG67TD2-1208-WH TAG68TD1-1204 TAG68TD1-1206 TAG68TD1-1208-WH TAG69TD2-1204 TAG69TD2-1206 TAG69TD2-1208-WH TAG71TD6-1204 TAG71TD6-1206 TAG71TD6-1208-WH TAG72TD1-1204 TAG72TD1-1206 TAG72TD1-1208-WH TAG73TD1-1204 TAG73TD1-1206 TAG73TD1-1208-WH TAG76TD1-1204 TAG76TD1-1206 TAG77TD1-1204 TAG77TD1-1206 TAG77TD1-1208-WH TAG78TD1-1204 TAG97TD1-1204 TAG101-74TD1-951 SET 596-12063 596-12663 596-12064 596-12664 596-12065 596-12665 596-12066 596-12666 596-12086 596-12067 596-12667 596-12087 596-12068 596-12668 596-12088 596-12069 596-12669 596-12089 596-12071 596-12671 596-20871 596-12072 596-12672 596-20872 596-73124 596-12673 596-31208 596-12076 596-61206 596-12077 596-71206 596-71208 596-12078 596-71204 596-41951
TAG25.4-12.7TD1-951 SET 596-44951 TAG27TD2-1204 TAG27TD2-1206 TAG27TD2-1208-WH TAG31TD3-1204 TAG31TD3-1206 TAG31TD3-1208-WH 596-27120 596-12627 596-12082 596-31120 596-12631 596-12084
TAG101-160TD1-951 SET 596-40951
157
5.1
Appendix
Numerical Index
Article-No. 102-00000 121-06019

Article-No. Type 102-00000 ATS3080 Complete 102-00010 Power Pack ATS3080 102-00040 Bench Mount Kit 102-00050 Overhead Dispenser 102-30000 ATS3080 jaw 30 mm 102-50000 ATS3080 jaw 50 mm 102-55000 ATS3080 jaw 50 mm f. fixing p. 102-66109 Strap Natural ATS3080 102-66110 Strap Black ATS3080 102-66209 Closures Natural ATS3080 102-66210 Closures Black ATS3080 102-67060 ATS FT6 102-67061 ATS FT6 LG 102-67065 ATS BC FT6 LG 102-67080 ATS FT8G SD 102-68350 ATS EC35 102-68360 ATS EC36 102-68370 ATS EC37 102-68380 ATS EC38 102-69060 ATS SFT 6.5 102-69065 ATS BCSFT 102-69066 ATS BC SFT 6,5 102-80000 ATS3080 jaw 80 mm 110-03400 MK3PNSP2 110-03500 MK3SP 110-06000 MK6 110-07000 MK7HT 110-07100 MK7P 110-07111 Replacement Blade 110-07200 Lock cap tensioning knob 110-07500 MK7 110-09000 MK9HT 110-09100 MK9P 110-09110 MK9P 110-09111 Replacement Blade 110-09500 MK9 110-30002 Compressed-air hose 111-00153 T120M 111-00278 T30LL 111-00280 T120XM 111-00388 T80L 111-00833 X120R 111-01950 T18R 111-01959 T18R 111-02049 T18L 111-02159 T18L 111-02358 T18I Page 100 100 100 100 99 99 99 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 101 99 110 108 109 108 111 111 111 108 109 112 112 112 109 108, 110 24 23 24 24 24 23 23 23 23 23 Article-No. Type 111-02359 T18I 111-02501 T25L 111-02602 T25LL 111-02815 T18S 111-03250 T30R 111-03259 T30R 111-03450 T30L 111-03459 T30L 111-03569 T30LL 111-03640 T30LL 111-03859 T40R 111-03970 T40R 111-04314 T40L 111-04401 T30LR 111-04404 T30LR 111-04614 T40I 111-04882 T50R 111-04950 T50R 111-05059 T80R 111-05259 T50I 111-05436 T50L 111-05450 T50L 111-05459 T80L 111-05850 T50S 111-05859 T50S 111-06205 T50M 111-07110 T50RS5 111-08005 T80R 111-08250 T80I 111-08259 T80I 111-12050 T120R(E) 111-12059 T120R(E) 111-12300 WSS 111-12301 WSI 111-12302 WSR 111-12440 T120L 111-12449 T120L 111-12719 T120XM 111-12824 T120S 111-12850 T120S 111-15069 T150R(H) 111-15410 T150L 111-15510 T150XL 111-15609 T150M 111-85329 T50VSL5 111-85339 T50SSL5 111-85350 T50SD6 Page 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 23 23 23 55 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 40 40 37 Article-No. Type 111-85369 T50SL5 111-85395 T50SSL5 111-85460 T50SL6 111-85469 T50SL6 111-85479 T50SL7 111-85480 RT50SD6 111-85519 T18RSF 111-85560 T18RSF 111-85603 T30RSF(U) 111-85610 T30RSF(U) 111-85729 T50RSFM 111-85739 T50SSFM 111-85781 YQR10050 111-85799 T50RSF(E) 111-85810 T50RFT10 111-85850 T50MD7 111-85870 T50RFT7 111-85880 T50RFT8 112-00001 HRT50R 112-00100 HT120R 112-51900 CTT20R 112-51919 CTT20R 112-51960 CTT20R 112-52104 CTT60R 112-52112 CTT60R 112-56019 CTT60R 112-56060 CTT60R 115-00024 RT50SFK 115-00033 DCT11 115-00034 DCT9 115-01900 RT18RSF 115-06960 RT50SFK 115-07010 RT50RSF 115-07110 RT50RS5 117-00004 T50RDH 117-00008 T50LDH 117-00012 SDCTR312 117-05000 T50RDH 117-05002 T50RDH 117-05050 T50RDH 117-05060 T50RDH 117-05160 T50RDHSFT6.5 117-05250 T50I 117-05302 T50IDH 117-05360 T50IDH 117-05362 T50IDH 117-05400 T50LDH Page 40 40 40 40 40 37 40 40 38 38 40 40 40 38 48 37 48 48 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 41 53 53 41 41 41 55 28 28 54 28 28 28 28 45 24 28 28 28 28 Article-No. Type 117-05402 T50LDH 117-05460 T50LDH 117-08070 T80R 118-00014 T30ROS 118-00018 T50MOS 118-00021 T50MOS 118-00022 T50MOS 118-00032 PT2A 118-00035 T18ROS 118-00039 T18ROS 118-00040 T50ROS 118-00044 T30LOS 118-00055 T50MOS 118-00064 T30ROS 118-00066 T120ROS 118-00067 T120ROS 118-04702 T18ROS 118-04800 T30ROS 118-04900 T30LOS 118-05050 T50ROS 118-05059 T50ROS 118-05060 T50ROS 118-05078 T50ROS 118-05850 T50SOS 118-05859 T50SOS 118-05860 T50SOS 118-05878 T50SOS 118-05900 T50LOS 120-00000 Autotool 2000 120-00010 Power Pack 120-00020 Battery Charger 120-00030 Battery Pack 120-00040 Bench Mount Kit 120-00050 Overhead Suspender 120-00060 Control Box 120-00080 HH20 120-04010 T18RA50 120-04019 T18RA50 120-46009 T18RA3500 120-50009 T18RA3500 120-50010 T18RA3500 121-00680 KR6/8 121-00889 KR8PNSE 121-05019 KR8/50 121-05051 KR8/50 121-05060 KR8/50 121-06019 KR8/60 Page 28 28 24 30 30 30 30 31 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 105 105 105 105 105 113 113 34 34 34 34
158
Appendix
Numerical Index
5.1
Article-No. 121-06060 151-00213

Article-No. Type 121-06060 KR8/60 121-07019 KR8/70 121-07060 KR8/70 121-08019 KR8/80 121-08060 KR8/80 121-10019 KR8/100 121-10060 KR8/100 121-11051 KR8/110 121-11060 KR8/110 121-12019 KR8/120 121-15019 KR8/150 121-58519 KR8/C5 121-58551 KR8/C5 121-58560 KR8/C5 121-63519 KR6/35 121-63555 KR6/35 121-63560 KR6/35 121-74359 KR8/43 121-74360 KR8/43 121-82119 KR8/21 121-82155 KR8/21 121-82160 KR8/21 121-83319 KR8/33 121-83345 KR8/33 121-83355 KR8/33 121-83360 KR8/33 121-83378 KR8/33 121-83380 KR8/33 121-98119 KR8/S1 121-98151 KR8/S1 121-98160 KR8/S1 126-00000 T50SOSEC13E 126-00001 T50SL5 126-00005 T50SL5 126-00011 RT50SL7 126-00015 T50SDOP 126-00017 T50SST5 126-00027 T50SL7 126-00032 T50SSFM 126-00036 T50SOSEC34E 126-00800 T50MD7 126-01001 T50RSF(E) 126-01104 T50SSFM 126-01401 T50SD6 126-01601 T50SDOR* 126-02204 T50SSL5 126-02300 T50SST5 Page 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 63 40 40 41 37 37 40 40 63 37 38 40 37 37 40 37 Article-No. Type 126-02500 T80RSFT 126-02600 T80RSF6.5F 126-03000 YQR10016 126-03100 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 126-03102 T50SOSSFT6.5E 131-60058 SBR8S 131-60060 SBR5 132-00000 LHT370 132-00200 DE863220 132-20360 CT203 132-37540 CT375 133-00059 T40XEC5SP-E 133-00067 Halter SFT6.5 133-00075 Edge-Clip25 133-00391 T50SOSWSP5E-2 148-00100 Bracket brake line 148-00101 Bracket brake line 148-00200 T50SOSEC12E 150-00700 T50IFT7 150-01700 FT220DP7 150-07010 CHDP66 150-08110 CHA1 150-09110 T18RFT6 150-10140 T30RSB5 150-10141 T50RSB5 150-10144 T50SSB5 150-10149 T50ROSSB5 150-10690 SB14/172 150-10900 SB9/230 150-10901 SBS9/230 150-11400 SB14/230 150-13591 T50RSFT6.5 150-13593 T50SSFT6.5 150-13596 T80ISFT6.5 150-15493 T80RSFT 150-15498 T80RSFT 150-16941 T30RSBH5 150-16943 T50RSBH5 150-16945 T80ISBH5 150-20395 BHT203 150-20396 BHT203M 150-21290 T30RSBS5 150-21291 T50RSBS5 150-21293 T50SSBS5 150-21297 T80ISBS5 150-21299 T50ROSSBS5 150-26100 FBS100 Page 44 43 41 37 37 52 52 35 35 35 35 63 83 65 50 60 60 63 48 46 81 80 47 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 45 45 45 44 44 56 56 56 35 35 56 56 56 56 56 41 Article-No. Type 150-26140 FBS140 150-26180 FBS185 150-28100 FBB100 150-28140 FBB140 150-28180 FBB185 150-29100 FBB100M 150-29140 FBB140M 150-29180 FBB185M 150-31090 T30RFT6LG 150-31091 T50RFT6LG 150-31093 T50SFT6LG 150-31096 T80IFT6LG 150-31097 T30LFT6LG 150-35395 T50SST5 150-35930 T50RSP 150-35932 T50SSP 150-37591 T50RFT6OVAL 150-37595 BHT375 150-37691 T50RSFT6.5D18 150-39385 T80RSF6.5FW 150-39392 T80SSF6.5F 150-39395 T80RSF6.5F 150-40581 T50ROSEC5B 150-40591 T50ROSEC5A 150-41397 CONNECTOR CLIP 150-45292 T50REC2.5B 150-45299 T50ROS-EC2,5 150-45397 STAND OFF CLIP 150-45398 STAND OFF CLIP 150-47595 BHT375M 150-48396 T80RFT6X12 150-48397 T80RFT6X12 150-50197 CHA 1.5 150-54498 BIG CONNECTOR CLIP 150-55500 REL30SDP6 150-55550 T50SDP6 150-55610 T18RDP5 150-55850 T30RFT5 150-55940 T30RFT5 150-55941 T50RFT5 150-55943 T50SFT5 150-55948 T30RFT5 150-56193 T50SDSBS5 150-56199 T50ROSDSBS5 150-76079 T50ROSEC4B 150-76080 T30REC4B 150-76090 T30REC4A Page 41 41 52 52 52 52 52 52 47 47 48 48 47 37 44 44 47 35 45 43 43 43 62 62 88 69 69 84 84 35 40 40 80 89 46 46 46 47 47 47 47 47 57 57 62 62 62 Article-No. Type 150-76099 T50ROSEC4A 150-77932 T30LRFT6 150-77933 T50SFT6 150-77934 T80LFT6 150-77936 T50RDHFT6 150-77937 T80IFT6 150-77938 T50RFT6 150-77941 T50RFT6 150-77950 T30RFT6 150-92300 Retainer Corrugated Cond. D21 150-95500 TC5FT6S 151-00006 CGS1 151-00010 CTC17SBS6 151-00016 BC30 151-00017 BC2212 151-00018 CTC10FT6LG 151-00019 CTC13FT6LG 151-00021 OCTCSFT6.5 151-00022 EC30 151-00023 SOC6 151-00026 CTCLPROFILE 151-00028 TC3FT6S 151-00029 TCOP70x120 151-00074 SOC5FT6LG 151-00077 CH20D6 151-00096 IPC10AH 151-00134 HDM19 151-00151 EC28 151-00152 EC31 151-00153 TCSFT6.5SCHAMD 151-00161 EC27 151-00173 EC32 151-00174 EC39 151-00180 YCCFT62x122 151-00192 EC33 151-00194 CCSFT7x12 151-00195 IAHC5T 151-00197 IAHC3AH 151-00199 IAHC2T 151-00205 IAHC5BH 151-00206 AHC2SS 151-00207 IAHC4T 151-00208 AHC2BH 151-00210 AHC2AH 151-00211 IAHC4AH 151-00212 AHC1AH 151-00213 IAHC3T Page 62 47 48 48 47 48 47 47 47 93 81 79 92 87 87 91 91 93 66 85 93 81 81 85 82 95 73 65 66 80 68 65 68 90 65 90 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94
159
5.1
Appendix
Numerical Index
Article-No. 151-00215 170-40800

Article-No. Type 151-00215 TC4FT6LG 151-00222 CCSFT7x12 151-00223 IAHC1T 151-00234 EC41 151-00235 Big YCC TS 151-00370 AHC3BHR 151-00371 AHC3CHR 151-00373 AHC3SB 151-00374 AHC4AH 151-00379 IAHC3BH 151-00381 IAHC3CH 151-00383 IAHC4CH 151-00429 EC42 151-00430 EC43 151-00431 SFT65D163 151-00437 HDM25 151-00439 HDM312 151-00441 HDM321 151-00442 HDM401 151-00443 HDM501 151-00444 HDM320 151-00445 HDM400 151-00446 HDM500 151-00447 OCTC1 151-00456 HDM375BDM 151-00459 FT6LG.JAE.CONNECT.TS 151-00460 EC45 151-00464 EC6mod 151-00467 TC4FT6LG-A 151-00472 EC JAE CC 151-00484 TCSB5CYCC 151-00496 CC03 151-00513 YCCSFT62122 151-00595 CCSFT7x12 151-00597 CC04 151-00598 Corrugated Cond D28 151-00605 TCOP62x122 151-00606 YCCFT6S-2 151-00700 CTC4.5SBS6 151-00701 CTC7.5SBS6 151-00702 CTC10SBS6 151-00703 CTC13SBS6 151-00704 YCCFT82x185 151-01000 SBR5 151-02600 CH20D7 151-02901 CHA2 151-03100 COW20DP7 Page 81 90 94 68 89 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 65 65 83 73 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 83 74 89 65 65 81 65 86 90 90 90 90 93 81 89 92 92 92 92 90 52 82 80 82 Article-No. Type 151-03200 COW30DP7 151-03401 EC15 151-03402 EC16 151-03403 EC17 151-03404 EC14 151-06500 DSWS4 151-06502 DSWS5 151-08101 LRJ1 151-14130 IPC13AH 151-14132 IPC13P 151-14200 Cable Clip 151-14202 Bracket KBLS 151-14311 CTC10FT6 151-14312 CTC13FT6 151-14313 CTC7.5FT6LG 151-14314 CTC4.5FT6LG 151-14400 IPC10P 151-14500 IPC15AH 151-14502 IPC15P 151-14601 IPC23AH 151-14603 IPC23P 151-26101 TC-SB5C 151-29301 MSBT120 151-29400 S2CM25 151-29403 S2HM25 151-29500 S3STM50 151-29600 SAM83 151-29701 SAOM82 155-01600 STAND-OFF-CLIP-2 155-03800 FT6 LG-AMP 155-04000 Retainer Corrugated Cond. D24 155-05701 T50SOSSBH5E 155-11601 ANWICKELTEIL 155-12300 T50SOSSBS5E 155-16301 WICKELCLIP-VDS 155-17801 CTC10FT9 155-18901 FT6LG.M.STECKERAUFN. 155-23701 WICKELCLIP-SB5 155-25201 CTC22FT9 155-30602 T50SSBS50TE 155-30702 FT6LG.YAZ.CONNECT-TS 155-30802 TC2FT6LG 155-30902 SOC4 M.FT6 155-31102 YAZ-CONN-TAPE-CLIP 155-31202 T50SVC5 155-31602 CTC7.5FT9 155-32602 FT6LG.M.ST.AUFN.II Page 82 66 66 66 66 71 72 83 95 95 60 60 91 91 91 91 95 95 95 95 95 86 76 75 75 77 78 78 84 89 93 49 83 50 81 91 89 86 91 49 89 81 85 88 58 91 89 Article-No. Type 155-36002 STECKERHALTER SITZ 155-38102 YCC-FT6-S 155-39002 TCDSFT6-HEX 155-43702 FT6S-Y-CONN-TS 155-43802 STECKERAUFN.LL-FUSS 155-46302 T50SOSSB6HE 156-00006 T50ROSEC23 156-00007 T50ROSEC24 156-00010 T50ROSEC21 156-00011 T50ROSEC22 156-00013 T30ROC2 156-00014 T30ROC2 156-00020 T50ROSEC20 156-00025 T50RFT5 156-00036 T50ROC1A 156-00044 T50RFT8 156-00049 CBT30MR 156-00076 T50ROSFT6 156-00083 T50RSB5CSD 156-00128 T50SMVCOC1014 156-00129 T50SMVCOC1518 156-00130 T50SMVCOC19245 156-00155 T50SVC65 156-00200 T120IFT9 156-00264 T50SOSSFT6.5E-MD 156-00318 T50SVC4 156-00416 T50ROC10-14CBTO-SD-SET 156-00419 T50ROC15-18CBTO-SD-SET 156-00422 T50ROC19-24.5CBTO-SD-SET 156-00903 T50IFT7 156-01500 T50SFT6 156-01503 T50SFT7 156-01601 CBTO50R 156-04602 T50ROSEC19 156-05300 T50RFT6 156-05301 T50RFT10 156-05308 T50RFT6 156-05311 T50RFT7 156-05312 T50RFT7 156-05320 T50RFT8 156-05902 T50ROSFT6SD 156-05903 T50ROSEC9 156-05904 T50ROSEC10 156-05905 T50ROSSBH5SD 156-05906 T50ROSSB5CSD 157-00014 T50SOS2DOP 157-00033 T50SOSFT6E-MOD Page 89 89 81 89 90 50 64 64 62 62 59 59 64 47 59 48 67 47 56 59 59 59 58 48 37 58 59 59 59 48 47 48 67 64 47 48 47 48 48 48 48 62 62 56 56 46 46 Article-No. Type 157-00037 T50SOSSB5-High-E-C-CC 157-00400 WSS250 157-00401 WSI250 157-00402 WSR250 157-00403 WSS380 157-00404 WSI380 157-00405 WSR380 157-00406 WSS380 157-00407 WSI380 157-00408 WSR380 157-01104 T50SDP6 170-00030 HEGPX03 170-00060 HEGPX06 170-00090 HEGPX09 170-00120 HEGPX12 170-00200 HEGPX20 170-00300 HEGPX30 170-00400 HEGPX40 170-05100 HELAHOOK10 170-05150 HELAHOOK15 170-05200 HELAHOOK20 170-05250 HELAHOOK25 170-05300 HELAHOOK30 170-10300 HEGP03 170-10400 HEGP04 170-10500 HEGP05 170-10600 HEGP06 170-10800 HEGP08 170-11000 HEGP10 170-11200 HEGP12 170-11500 HEGP15 170-12000 HEGP20 170-12500 HEGP25 170-13000 HEGP30 170-14000 HEGP40 170-15000 HEGP50 170-30400 HEGPV004 170-30600 HEGPV006 170-30800 HEGPV008 170-31200 HEGPV012 170-32000 HEGPV020 170-33000 HEGPV030 170-34000 HEGPV040 170-35000 HEGPV050 170-40400 HEGPA6604 170-40600 HEGPA6606 170-40800 HEGPA6608 Page 50 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 46 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 129 129 129 129 129 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 122 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 124 124 124
160
Appendix
Numerical Index
5.1
Article-No. 170-41000 596-73124

Article-No. Type 170-41000 HEGPA6610 170-41200 HEGPA6612 170-41600 HEGPA6616 170-42000 HEGPA6620 170-42500 HEGPA6625 170-43000 HEGPA6630 170-44000 HEGPA6640 170-45000 HEGPA6650 170-46000 HEGPA6660 170-50030 HEGPV0X03 170-50060 HEGPV0X06 170-50090 HEGPV0X09 170-50120 HEGPV0X12 170-50200 HEGPV0X20 170-50300 HEGPV0X30 170-50400 HEGPV0X40 170-50500 HEGPV0X50 170-60401 HEGSAS04 170-60600 HEGSAS06 170-60900 HEGSAS09 170-61200 HEGSAS12 170-61500 HEGSAS15 170-62000 HEGSAS20 170-63000 HEGSAS30 170-64000 HEGSAS40 170-80503 HEGPL03 170-80506 HEGPL06 170-80512 HEGPL12 170-80520 HEGPL20 170-80530 HEGPL30 170-80540 HEGPL40 170-80550 HEGPL50 173-00400 HEGEMIP04 173-00600 HEGEMIP06 173-00800 HEGEMIP08 173-01000 HEGEMIP10 173-01200 HEGEMIP12 173-01400 HEGEMIP14 173-01600 HEGEMIP16 173-01800 HEGEMIP18 173-02000 HEGEMIP20 173-60400 HEGEMIPV004 173-60600 HEGEMIPV006 173-60800 HEGEMIPV008 173-61000 HEGEMIPV010 173-61200 HEGEMIPV012 173-61400 HEGEMIPV014 Page 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 123 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 Article-No. Type 173-61600 HEGEMIPV016 173-61800 HEGEMIPV018 173-62000 HEGEMIPV020 300-73010 TCN20 1,2/0,6 300-73020 TCN20 1,6/0,8 300-73030 TCN20 2,4/1,2 300-73040 TCN20 3,2/1,6 300-73050 TCN20 4,8/2,4 300-73060 TCN20 6,4/3,2 300-73070 TCN20 9,5/4,8 300-73080 TCN20 12,7/6,4 300-73090 TCN20 19,1/9,5 300-73100 TCN20 25,4/12,7 300-73110 TCN20 38,1/19,1 300-73120 TCN20 50,8/25,4 300-73130 TCN20 2,4/0,8 300-73140 TCN20 3,2/1,2 300-73150 TCN20 4,8/1,6 300-73160 TCN20 6,6/2,4 300-73170 TCN20 9,5/3,2 300-73180 TCN20 12,7/4,8 300-73190 TCN20 19,0/6,4 300-73200 TCN20 25,4/9,5 300-73210 TCN20 38,0/12,7 336-00079 TFE2-30 336-00099 TFE2-28 336-00109 TFE2-26 336-00139 TFE2-24 336-00149 TFE2-22 336-00159 TFE2-20 336-00199 TFE2-18 336-00249 TFE2-16 336-00319 TFE2-14 336-00399 TFE2-12 336-00489 TFE2-10 336-00619 TFE2-8 336-00779 TFE2-6 336-00949 TFE2-4 336-01109 TFE2-2 336-01209 TFE2-0 339-00209 TFE4-5/64 339-00329 TFE4-1/8 339-00340 TFE4-3/16 339-00649 TFE4-1/4 339-00959 TFE4-3/8 339-01279 TFE4-1/2 339-01599 TFE4-5/8 Page 127 127 127 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 119 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 Article-No. Type 339-01909 TFE4-3/4 339-02549 TFE4-1 339-03189 TFE4-1 1/4 340-06020 EPS-300 6/2 340-09030 EPS-300 9/3 340-12040 EPS-300 12/4 340-19060 EPS-300 19/6 340-40130 EPS-300 40/13 341-04010 EPS-400 4/1 341-08020 EPS-400 8/2 341-12030 EPS-400 12/3 341-16040 EPS-400 16/4 341-24060 EPS-400 24/6 341-32080 EPS-400 32/8 596-01120 TAG01TD3-1206 596-12035 TAG35TD3-1204 596-12042 TAGR2TD1-1204 596-12043 TAG13TD4-1204 596-12045 TAG15TD3-1204 596-12046 TAG16TD3-1204 596-12047 TAG17TD2-1204 596-12061 TAG13TD4-1206 596-12062 TAG62TD1-1204 596-12063 TAG63TD1-1204 596-12064 TAG64TD1-1204 596-12065 TAG65TD1-1204 596-12066 TAG66TD1-1204 596-12067 TAG67TD2-1204 596-12068 TAG68TD1-1204 596-12069 TAG69TD2-1204 596-12071 TAG71TD6-1204 596-12072 TAG72TD1-1204 596-12076 TAG76TD1-1204 596-12077 TAG77TD1-1204 596-12078 TAG78TD1-1204 596-12080 TAG15TD3-1208-WH 596-12081 TAG17TD2-1208-WH 596-12082 TAG27TD2-1208-WH 596-12083 TAG34TD3-1208-WH 596-12084 TAG31TD3-1208-WH 596-12085 TAG35TD3-1208-WH 596-12086 TAG66TD1-1208-WH 596-12087 TAG67TD2-1208-WH 596-12088 TAG68TD1-1208-WH 596-12089 TAG69TD2-1208-WH 596-12615 TAG15TD3-1206 596-12616 TAG16TD3-1206 Page 121 121 121 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 133 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 133 133 Article-No. Type 596-12617 TAG17TD2-1206 596-12627 TAG27TD2-1206 596-12631 TAG31TD3-1206 596-12634 TAG34TD3-1206 596-12635 TAG35TD3-1206 596-12661 TAG61TD3-1206 596-12662 TAG62TD1-1206 596-12663 TAG63TD1-1206 596-12664 TAG64TD1-1206 596-12665 TAG65TD1-1206 596-12666 TAG66TD1-1206 596-12667 TAG67TD2-1206 596-12668 TAG68TD1-1206 596-12669 TAG69TD2-1206 596-12671 TAG71TD6-1206 596-12672 TAG72TD1-1206 596-12673 TAG73TD1-1206 596-20871 TAG71TD6-1208-WH 596-20872 TAG72TD1-1208-WH 596-21204 TAG02TD1-1204 596-27120 TAG27TD2-1204 596-31120 TAG31TD3-1204 596-31204 TAGR3TD1-1204 596-31208 TAG73TD1-1208-WH 596-34120 TAG34TD3-1204 596-40951 TAG101-160TD1-951 SET 596-41206 TAG4TD1-1206 596-41951 TAG101-74TD1-951 SET 596-42951 TAG63.5-50.8TD1-951 SET 596-43951 TAG50.8-25.4TD1-951 SET 596-44951 TAG25.4-12.7TD1-951 SET 596-61206 TAG76TD1-1206 596-71204 TAG97TD1-1204 596-71206 TAG77TD1-1206 596-71208 TAG77TD1-1208-WH 596-73124 TAG73TD1-1204 Page 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 134 134 132 132 132 132 134 132 135 133 135 135 135 135 133 132 133 134 132
161
Whenever you need us...you will find your local contact here.
Europe HellermannTyton GmbH - Austria Obachgasse 6 1221 Vienna Tel: +43 12 59 99 55 Fax: +43 12 59 99 11 E-Mail: office@HellermannTyton.at www.HellermannTyton.at HellermannTyton - Czech Republic E-Mail: office.cz@HellermannTyton.at www.HellermannTyton.cz HellermannTyton AB - Denmark Baldersbuen 15D 1. TV 2640 Hedehusene Tel: +45 702 371 20 Fax: +45 702 371 21 E-Mail: htdk@HellermannTyton.dk www.HellermannTyton.dk HellermannTyton Oy - Finland Shktie 8 01510 Vantaa Tel: +358 9 8700 450 Fax: +358 9 8700 4520 E-Mail: myynti@HellermannTyton.fi www.HellermannTyton.fi HellermannTyton S.A.S. - France 2 Rue des Htres, BP 130 78196 Trappes Cedex Tel: +33 1 30 13 80 00 Fax: +33 1 30 13 80 60 E-Mail: ventes@HellermannTyton.fr www.HellermannTyton.fr HellermannTyton GmbH - Germany Groer Moorweg 45 25436 Tornesch Tel: +49 4122 701-1 Fax: +49 4122 701-400 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.de www.HellermannTyton.de HellermannTyton KFT - Hungary Kisfaludy u. 13 1044 Budapest Tel: +36 1 369 4151 Fax: +36 1 369 4151 E-Mail: office@HellermannTyton.hu www.HellermannTyton.hu HellermannTyton S.r.l. - Italy Via Praimbole 9 Bis 35010 Limena (PD) Tel: +39 049 767 870 Fax: +39 049 767 985 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.it www.HellermannTyton.it HellermannTyton Ltd - Ireland Unit 77 Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate Ballyfermot, Dublin 10 Tel: +353 1 626 8267 Fax: +353 1 626 8022 E-Mail: sales@HellermannTyton.ie www.HellermannTyton.co.uk HellermannTyton B.V. - Netherlands Vanadiumweg 11-C 3812 PX Amersfoort Tel: +31 33 460 06 90 Fax: +31 33 460 06 99 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.nl www.HellermannTyton.nl HellermannTyton AS - Norway PO Box 240 Alnabru 0614 Oslo Tel: +47 23 17 47 00 Fax: +47 22 97 09 70 E-Mail: firmapost@HellermannTyton.no www.HellermannTyton.no HellermannTyton - Poland E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.pl www.HellermannTyton.pl OOO HellermannTyton - Russia St. Petersburg E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.ru www.HellermannTyton.ru HellermannTyton - Slovenia Branch Office Ljubljana Trubarjeva 79 1101 Ljubljana Tel: +386 1 433 70 56 Fax: +386 1 433 63 21 E-Mail: sales@HellermannTyton.si www.HellermannTyton.si HellermannTyton Espaa s.l. Spain/Portugal C/Jos, Echegaray n4 P. Emp. Casablanca 1 Edf B1 2 28100 Alcobendas, Madrid Tel: +34 91 661 2835 Fax: +34 91 661 2368 E-Mail: HellermannTyton@HellermannTyton.es www.HellermannTyton.es HellermannTyton AB - Sweden Datavgen 5, PO Box 569 175 26 Jrflla Tel: +46 8 580 890 00 Fax: +46 8 580 890 01 E-Mail: support@HellermannTyton.se www.HellermannTyton.se HellermannTyton Ltd - UK Pennycross Close, Plymouth Devon PL2 3NX Tel: +44 1752 701 261 Fax: +44 1752 790 058 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.co.uk www.HellermannTyton.co.uk HellermannTyton Ltd - UK Sharston Green Business Park 1 Robeson Way Altrincham Road, Wythenshawe Manchester M22 4TY Tel: +44 161 945 4181 Fax: +44 161 945 3708 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.co.uk www.HellermannTyton.co.uk HellermannTyton Ltd - UK Wharf Approach Aldridge, Walsall, West Midlands WS9 8BX Tel: +44 1922 458 151 Fax: +44 1922 743 237 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.co.uk www.HellermannTyton.co.uk HellermannTyton Data Ltd - UK 43-45 Salthouse Road Cornwell Business Park Brackmills Northampton NN4 7EX Tel: +44 1604 707 420 Fax: +44 1604 705 454 E-Mail: hns@htdata.co.uk www.htdata.co.uk North America HellermannTyton - Canada Tel: +1 905 726 1221 Fax: +1 905 726 8538 E-Mail: sales@HellermannTyton.ca www.HellermannTyton.ca HellermannTyton - Mexico Tel: +52 333 133 9880 Fax: +52 333 133 9861 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.com.mx www.HellermannTyton.com HellermannTyton - USA Tel: +1 414 355 1130 Fax: +1 414 355 7341 E-Mail: corp@htamericas.com www.HellermannTyton.com South America HellermannTyton - Argentina Tel: +54 11 4754 5400 Fax: +54 11 4752 0374 E-Mail: ventas@HellermannTyton.com.ar www.HellermannTyton.com.ar HellermannTyton - Brazil Tel: +55 11 4815 9000 Fax: +55 11 4815 9030 E-Mail: vendas@HellermannTyton.com.br www.HellermannTyton.com.br Asia-Pacific HellermannTyton - Australia Tel: +61 2 9525 2133 Fax: +61 2 9526 2495 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.com.au www.HellermannTyton.com.au HellermannTyton - China Tel: +86 510 528 2536 Fax: +86 510 528 0112 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.com.cn www.HellermannTyton.com.cn HellermannTyton - Hong Kong Tel: +852 2832 9090 Fax: +852 2832 9381 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.com.hk www.HellermannTyton.com.sg HellermannTyton - Japan Tel: +81 3 5790 3111 Fax: +81 3 5790 3112 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.co.jp www.HellermannTyton.co.jp HellermannTyton - Korea Tel: +82 2 2614 0157 Fax: +82 2 2614 0284 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.co.kr www.HellermannTyton.co.kr HellermannTyton - Philippines Tel: +63 2 752 6551 Fax: +63 2 752 6553 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.com.ph www.HellermannTyton.com.ph HellermannTyton - Singapore Tel: +65 6 852 8585 Fax: +65 6 756 6798 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.sg www.HellermannTyton.com.sg HellermannTyton - Thailand Tel: +66 2 237 6702 Fax: +66 2 266 8664 E-Mail: cservice@HellermannTyton.com.th www.HellermannTyton.com.sg Africa HellermannTyton - South Africa Tel: +27 11 879 6680 Fax: +27 11 879 6601 E-Mail: sales.jhb@Hellermann.co.za www.HellermannTyton.co.za
168
Contact Information
Give us a call! Here are your contacts for enquiries and orders
For all product information please visit our Website www.HellermannTyton.com
Automotive Sales Department

Telefone: +49 4122 / 701-180 E-Mail: vidautomobil@hellermanntyton.de
Project Management New Parts

Telefone: +49 4122 / 701-181 E-Mail: ntpm@hellermanntyton.de
Project Management Automatic Tool Systems

Telefone: +49 4122 / 701-445 E-Mail: autotool@hellermanntyton.de
169
5.1
Appendix
G He n l le er ra m l aTe nn r Ty m st o an nd P rC oo dn ud citt iS o tn as nd oa f rS da sl e
1. General 1.1 The following General Terms of Sale and Supply (GTSS) apply to all current and future supplies and other services including any consultancy services and information of HellermannTyton Holdings GmbH and branches (the Company). This will also apply even if the Company does not refer the Buyer to them again in subsequent transactions. The Buyers terms and conditions shall not form part of a contract even if the Company does not expressly raise objections. Rather these GTSS shall apply exclusively. 1.2 Quotations by the Company are made without obligation. A duty to supply will not exist until the Company issues a written Company confirmation of order. 1.3 All agreements that are made between the Company and the Buyer shall be put in writing in the contract. 1.4 In case of doubt Incoterms 2000 shall prevail for the interpretation of trade terms. 1.5 The Buyer may only assign to third parties claims against the Company arising from this contract with the prior express consent of the Company. 1.6 Where individual provisions of these General Terms of Sale and Supply are or become ineffective, this shall not affect the validity of the rest of the provisions. The invalid provision shall be replaced by such existing provision as is common practice in the trade for this event and, where there is no permissible one that is common practice in the trade, the corresponding statutory provision. 2. Prices and payment conditions 2.1 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, prices are understood, ex works or ex Company warehouse exclusive of packaging. Value Added Tax at the current statutory rate will apply. For minimum orders under 150 Euros (net less Turnover Tax) the Company will charge a minimum order surcharge of 25 Euros (net) per order. 2.2 All invoices subject to any divergent written agreement in individual cases are payable within thirty days of date of invoice. 2.3 Payments must be made free of charge, in the agreed currency and with provision of the account number, exclusively to the Company's accounts shown in the invoice. They must be made on the date due free of charge and without any deduction. Completion for payments of all types is the date on which the Company has unrestricted access to the payment. 2.4 The Company is not obliged to accept bills of exchange or cheques. If permitted they will only be accepted subject to possible discounting against payment of all charges. The Company is not obliged to submit bills of exchange or cheques on time or to lodge protests. 2.5 In the event of payment default by the Buyer, default interest of 8 (eight) percentage points p.a. over the current basic interest rate according to 247 BGB [German Civil Code] shall be chargeable. The claiming of further loss caused by default is reserved. 2.6 Rights of set-off or retention shall be available to the Buyer only if his counterclaims are legally established, unchallenged or recognised by the Company. This restriction shall not apply to the 320 BGB right of retention. 2.7 In the event of a petition to commence insolvency proceedings against the Buyers assets, if the Buyer has initiated out-of-court proceedings to settle the debt or has stopped payments, or if the Company is aware of other circumstances which substantially reduce the creditworthiness of the Buyer and appears to threaten fulfilment by the Buyer of the counter-performance, the Company is entitled to seek security by advance payment or bank guarantee (at the Buyers choice) for outstanding supplies by fixing a period of at least one week and to delay supply until the security is made. The Company is further entitled after the fruitless expiry of a reasonable period of grace to withdraw from this contract or to demand compensation for non-fulfilment of contract. In this case the Company may also withdraw the authority to resell together with the authorisation to collect under 5.3 and 5.5 and the right to handle and process, combine and mix goods already supplied under 5.2 and 5.3 and also to demand the return of the goodssupplied. 3. Supply and acceptance 3.1 The Companys duty to supply is conditional on it receiving delivery that is complete, correct and on time in as far as the Company obtains he goods as complete or as components of the goods from a subcontractor.This does not apply if the Company is responsible for nondelivery or delay. 3.2 The Buyer shall bear the risk and cost of shipment of the goods ex works/ex warehouse as well as the cost of any transport insurance. This will also apply if shipment is by a carrier chosen by the Company. 3.3 The risk passes to the Buyer with the start of loading the goods onto the vehicle - even in the case of carriage-paid deliveries. 3.4 Should the goods be ready to be shipped and dispatch or assignment of space and/or acceptance is delayed on grounds beyond the Company's control, the risk passes to the Buyer upon receipt by the Buyer of notification of readiness to ship. 3.5 The Buyer may not return part shipments of a reasonable size and must pay for these immediately upon receipt of the part shipment. Objection to a part shipment does not entitle to a refusal of further supplies under the same or other contract. The Company reserves the right to over or under supply by 10% of the quantity ordered in the case of special orders. The actual quantity supplied will be invoiced in each case. 3.6 The Buyer will also be in default of acceptance if the supply is only offered by the Company in writing. Section 294 BGB is therefore contracted out. The other legal conditions for delay in acceptance are not affected. 3.7 The Buyer must promptly accept goods notified as ready for shipment under the terms of the contract. Otherwise the Company is entitled either to ship the goods at the risk and cost of the Buyer or place the goods in store and to invoice after a period of grace of one week has elapsed, as the Company chooses. The same will apply if the goods have not been retrieved in full or in part within the period agreed for retrieval. 3.8 If the Buyer falls more than one month behind in fulfilling the obligations resulting from the above arrangements the Company can, notwithstanding rights that extend further, demand from the Buyer a contract penalty of 5 (five) percent of the invoice value in place of fulfilment of contract, and sell the goods stored elsewhere. The contractual penalty must be calculated against the compensation the Buyer would have to pay if the situation arose. The Buyer must repay any quantity discount granted on earlier deliveries. 3.9 The Buyer must also notify the Company promptly of any damage in transit but no later than one week from receipt of the goods even if the Company is not responsible for shipping.
4. Delivery periods and deadlines 4.1 A condition of the due fulfilment of contractual obligations is observance of delivery periods and deadlines. Delivery periods start with the date of the Companys confirmation of order but not before clarification of all details for execution of the order and receipt of all materials required for execution of the order and of other details to be supplied by the Buyer and the receipt of any payment agreed. The delivery period will also be considered to have been met if the goods leave the works or warehouse at the time agreed or notification of readiness to ship has been sent to the Buyer but the goods have not been shipped on time for reasons for which the Company is not responsible. The above arrangements will apply to the delivery deadlines respectively. 4.2 Even when there is agreement on the definition of time for performance according to the calendar or a time is calculable according to the calendar after a preceding event, default will not apply until a reminder is received by the Company. 4.3 Unpredictable events outside the control of the Company such as war, risk of war, unrest, the use of violence by third parties against persons or property, intervention involving sovereignty including currency and commercial policy measures, employment disputes at the Company or its suppliers or shipping companies, interruptions to the transport links provided, fire, shortages of raw materials, shortage of energy and other non-fault operating problems at the company or its suppliers will extend fixed delivery periods and deadlines by the duration of the obstruction. This will also apply to the extent the Company is already behind with deliveries or to the extent that the foregoing obstructions to delivery were already present before conclusion of the contract but the Company was not aware of them. The Company will advise the Buyer immediately of obstructions of the type mentioned above. 4.4 If delivery delays caused by the above last longer than two months both parties will be entitled to withdraw from the contract. The Buyer may only withdraw if the Company, at the formers request, fails to state within a week whether it wishes to withdraw or make delivery within a reasonable period. The same right to withdraw arises independent of the above period, if completion of the contract has become unreasonable for one of the parties taking account of the delay. 5. Reservation of ownership 5.1 All goods delivered shall remain the property of the Company (reserved goods) until complete and final fulfilment (i.e. only after final release from any joint liability for bills of exchange or cheques) of all claims arising from the business connection for whatever legal reason. The same shall also apply in respect of any future or conditional claims arising from contracts entered into concurrently or later within the context of the business connection. Reserved ownership shall serve to secure Company claims arising from a competitive relationship where there is a current account. 5.2 Treatment and processing of reserved goods occur for the Company as manufacturer within the meaning of Section 950 BGB without placing an obligation on the latter. The treated/processed goods shall apply as reserved goods to secure Company claims within the meaning of 5.1. In the event of treatment/processing, linking or mixing of the reserved goods by the Buyer with other goods not belonging to the Company, the Company shall have joint ownership of the new item in the ratio of the invoice value of the reserved goods to the invoice value of the other goods used. If Company ownership of the reserved goods expires by linking, mixing or treatment/processing of the reserved goods the Buyer will transfer the title held by him in the new part or item to the extent of the invoice value of the reserved goods and will hold it for the Company freeof-charge with the care of a diligent businessman. The joint title rights accruing will also apply as reserved goods as security for Company claims within the meaning of No. (5.1). 5.3 The Buyer may only sell the reserved goods in the normal course of his business and only on his normal terms of business provided that concurrently the claims under the resale pass to the Company as per 5.4 to 5.6. The Buyer is not entitled to other dispositions [disposals] of the reserved goods, in particular to a pledge or transfer by way of security. The above authorisation will expire in the event of the Buyers default of payment. The authorisation may also be cancelled by the Company in the cases listed in 2.7, by a breach of the foregoing obligations and in the case of non-payment of an invoice when due. In these cases the Buyer is also prohibited from treating and processing the reserved goods and linking or mixing it with other goods. 5.4 The demands and other claims including the Buyers collateral rights arising from the resale of the reserved goods are now, i.e. with the agreement of these GTSS, assigned to the Company, who hereby accepts the assignment. They will serve to secure the Companys claims to the same extent as the reserved goods. If the reserved goods are sold by the Buyer with other goods not supplied by the Company, the claim arising from the resale is assigned in the ratio of the invoice value of the reserved goods to the invoice value of the other goods. When goods are sold to which the Company has joint title under 5.2, the Company shall be assigned a part corresponding to its share under the joint title. 5.5 As long as the resale authority has not been cancelled, the Buyer meets his payment obligations towards the Company and is not in breach of any other fundamental contractual duties (cf. 7.2 in this connection), the Buyer is entitled to collect any claims from resale. The Buyer is not entitled to assign or pledge any claims to third parties including the sale of any claims to factoring banks. The Buyer shall notify the Company immediately of any detriment to its rights through third parties by delivering any documents required for intervention. Any intervention costs incurred shall be borne by the Buyer. 5.6 After cancellation of the resale authority and/or the authorisation to collect the Buyer shall, at the Companys request, undertake to supply information on the status of the reserved goods and assigned claims and to inform his purchaser of the assignment to the Company (in as far as the Company does not do this itself) and to give the Company the information and documents necessary for collection. The Companymay, if the Buyer is more than two weeks in arrears with his payment obligations to the Company, demand the return of the reserved goodsand collect the demands and other claims assigned to the Company. Furthermore, the Company may use the reserved goods to satisfy its claims as soon as the Company has withdrawn from the contract or the conditions for a claim for compensation on the grounds of non-fulfilment have arisen. The right of the Buyer to posses the reserved goods expires under the foregoing conditions. In said cases the Company will be entitled to enter the Buyers property and retrieve the reserved goods after giving notice in advance and arranging a time. 5.7 If the collectible value of the existing securities exceed the secured claims by a total of 10 (ten) percent the Company, at the Buyers request, will undertake to release securities to that extent as the Company elects.
6. Nature of the goods and warranty 6.1 To the extent that the Company places test pieces or sample at the disposal of the Buyer or receives them from the Buyer, or quotes analyses, DIN provisions, other domestic or foreign quality standards or gives other details on the quality of the goods these shall merely serve to specify in more detail the works the Company is to provide. No guarantee of quality is linked thereto. 6.2 In particular, the Company does not undertake to check whether the goods meet or are suitable for the specific purpose intended by the Buyer. 6.3 The Buyer must inspect the goods delivered without delay with the care it considers reasonable and (if necessary by way of a test process) check the quality of the goods supplied and raise a claim for any identifiable defects without delay but no later than 7 (seven) days of receipt of the goods in writing (as far as possible and reasonable enclosing samples) quoting the invoice, manufacture and shipping number. Hidden defects must be similarly notified immediately they are discovered. Otherwise the goods will be deemed approved without reservation. Any further obligations of the Buyer under Section 377 HGB [German Commercial Code] will not be affected. 6.4 No claims for defects will apply if the Buyer fails to grant third party rights of recourse, processes defective goods without prior quality control or supplies goods claimed as defective to third parties without giving the Company the opportunity to check the claimed defects. The same will apply to inappropriate or improper use of the goods, faulty assembly or commissioning by the Buyer or third parties, improper modifications to the goods supplied, natural wear and tear and faulty or careless handling. 6.5 And if claims for defects or complaints are justified, the Company undertakes at its choice either to repair or remedy the defect or supply a replacement. In the event of repair, the Buyer shall pay the extra costs that are due to the goods delivered being taken to a place other thanthe place of performance. 6.6 Should the repair chosen by the Company repeatedly be unsuccessful; should it be unreasonable to expect such of the Buyer; should it be refused by the Company or be delayed beyond a reasonable period on grounds within the Company's control, the Buyer may notwithstanding any claims for damages withdraw from the contract orreduce the purchase price. 6.7 Warranty claims for the goods expire within one year after passing of the risk. This shall not apply where the law prescribes longer time limits pursuant to 438, sub-section 1, No. 2 BGB (Building Works and Items for Building Works), 479 sub-section 1 BGB (Recourse Claim) and 634 a sub-section 1 No. 2 BGB (Structural Defects) or where the Company is liable for malice aforethought. 6.8 Further, claims for damages are limited under No. (7).
7. Limitation of claims for damages and reimbursement of expenses 7.1 The Buyer's claims for damages and reimbursement of expenses against the Company or the Company's employees, representatives and agents, on whatever legal grounds, are precluded, unless the aforementioned are held liable for malice aforethought, gross negligence, guarantee given, risk of sourcing accepted, harm to life, body, health or fundamental contractual duties. This shall also apply to any claims for damages arising from incorrect supplier declarations. This ruling does not shift the burden of proof to the Buyer. 7.2 The Buyer's claims for damages and reimbursement of expenses against the Company or the Company's employees, representatives and agents, for breach of fundamental contractual duties are limited to the contractually typical, foreseeable harm, unless held liable for malice aforethought, gross negligence, guarantee given, risk of sourcing accepted or harm to life, body or health. Fundamental contractua duties will be deemed to mean such duties as, when violated, threaten the purpose of the contract, e.g. in cases of substantial delay, considerable infringement of cooperation, notification or confidentiality obligations or in the case of considerable violation of obligations that may determine the success or failure of the contract. This arrangement does not shift the burden of proof to the Buyer. 7.3 Contractual claims for damages and reimbursement of expenses against the Company or its employees, representatives and agents, on whatever legal grounds, shall expire after one year at the latest. The special arrangement for warranty claims for the goods in No. (6.7) is not affected. 7.4 Where the Company is liable imperatively under the Product Liability Act of 15 December 1989 for damage to property or personal injury caused by a product's defects, the provisions of the Product Liability Act shall prevail. The foregoing rules shall still apply for an internal settlement under 5 sentence 2 of the Product Liability Act.
8. Intellectual Property Rights and Data Protection 8.1 The Company reserves the copyright in drawings and other design materials. These may not be made accessible to third parties. Where the Company manufactures goods to the Buyer's drawings, samples or other details and infringes third-party intellectual property rights thereby, the Buyer shall indemnify the Company against all linked claims. 8.2 The Company is entitled to adapt and store within the meaning of the Federal Data Protection Act such data about the Buyer as is received in connection with the business association even when such originates from third parties. 9. Place of performance, jurisdiction and applicable law. 9.1 Tornesch shall be the place of performance for delivery and payment. 9.2 Elmshorn shall be the forum for any legal disputes arising from or about the existence and validity of this contract including those arising from cheques or bills of exchange insofar as the Buyer is a trader or a public corporation or a statutory undertaking. However, the Company may sue the Buyer at any other jurisdiction that is given under the Code of Civil Procedure. 9.3 The contractual relationship shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. The provisions of the UN Treaty on International Trade (CISG) are excluded. Version: December 2007
170
HellermannTyton GmbH Groer Moorweg 45 25436 Tornesch Tel: +49 (0)4122/701-1 Fax: +49 (0)4122/701-400 E-Mail: info@HellermannTyton.de Internet: www.HellermannTyton.de

Automotive en 20082

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document informationautins

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automotive en 20082

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Automotive en 20082

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2008 / 2009

Your Automotive Team

Fastening solutions for the automotive industry

Our automotive know-how

Our automotive know-how

Our automotive know-how

Our automotive know-how

Our automotive know-how

Our automotive know-how

We look forward to developing a product for you!

Our development competence

Cable Ties and Fixing

1.1 Cable Ties

1.2 Special Purpose Ties

1.3 Fixing Ties

Cable Ties and Fixing

Cable Ties and Fixing.

1.4 Fixing Elements

Cable Ties and Fixings

Properties of polyamide PA66

Water content in polyamide

For more details on the materials, see page 21.

Cable Ties and Fixings

Properties of UV-stabilised polyamide (PA66W)

The joint has been damaged throughout by UVradiation.

Properties of polyamide PA12

Properties of polyamide PA46

Cable Ties and Fixings

Kr ao bp ee lb ii n r fi n ne vte re zr ae htn P rt ed s eo Pn oe ly h hte r k e t o n e a n d P E E K a n d Te f z e l ( E / F T E )

Properties of Polyetheretherketone PEEK

Properties of Tefzel (E/FTE)

Cable Ties and Fixings

Cable Ties and Fixings

Kh C ae bm e lib cia n l dre ers iis n tn ae nn ce ve s ro zf ah vn ar tious plastics

Chemical resistances of various plastics

100 100 100

Tefzel is a registered trademark of DuPont.

Cable Ties and Fixings

Introduction to the main locking techn K oa lb oe g li b ei snu ds ee rdi n fo nr en cv ae br lz e at h in es t

Introduction to the main locking technologies used for cable ties

Cable Ties and Fixings

Ka D eb te er lm b iin nd ae ti roin nn oe f nm ve in rz im ah un m t tensile strength

Determination of minimum tensile strength

Explanation of minimum tensile strengths

225 N/9,81 = 22,9 kg

Cable Ties and Fixings

O p t i m u m s t o r a g e c o n d i t i o n s f o r c a b l e t iK ea sb m ea lb die nd oe f r pio nln ye an m vie dre za (h PA nt )

Optimum storage conditions for cable ties made of polyamide (PA)

Always store ties in the sealed plastic bag made of polyethylene!

Once opened you should use the ties as quickly as possible.

Do not expose the product to direct sunlight

Do not store the product in sunlight; for example, on the windowsill.

Store the product away from direct sources of heat

50% relative humidity

Cable Ties and Fixings

H e l l e r m a n n Ty t o n c Ka ab ble el b tie ns de cr on ef no tr sm pre to c hD eI n N dE eN r N 50 o1 r4 m6 D sI tN a nE dN a r5 d0 1 4 6

HellermannTyton cable ties conform to DIN EN 50146 standard

For further information on materials, see page 21.